wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 209 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 210 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 211 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 212 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 213 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 214 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 215 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 216 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 217 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 219 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 228 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 229 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 230 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 231 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 232 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 233 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 234 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 235 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 236 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 237 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 238 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 239 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 240 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 241 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 242 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 243 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 244 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 245 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 246 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 247 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 248 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 249 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 251 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 252 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 253 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 254 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 255 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 256 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 257 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 258 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 259 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 260 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 261 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 262 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 263 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 264 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 265 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 270 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 271 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 272 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 277 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 279 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 280 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 281 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 285 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 292 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 293 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 294 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 295 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 296 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 297 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 300 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 301 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 302 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 303 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 304 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 305 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 306 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 307 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 308 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 309 UP = _core_.UP
 310 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 311 TOP = _core_.TOP
 312 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 313 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 314 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 315 WEST = _core_.WEST
 316 EAST = _core_.EAST
 317 ALL = _core_.ALL
 318 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 321 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 322 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 329 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 330 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 331 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 332 GROW = _core_.GROW
 333 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 334 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 336 TILE = _core_.TILE
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 339 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 340 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 342 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 345 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 349 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 350 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 351 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 352 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 353 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 354 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 355 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 356 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 357 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 358 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 359 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 360 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 361 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 362 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 363 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 364 DOT = _core_.DOT
 365 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 366 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 367 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 368 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 369 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 370 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 371 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 376 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 379 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 380 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 381 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 382 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 383 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 384 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 385 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 386 XOR = _core_.XOR
 387 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 388 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 389 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 390 COPY = _core_.COPY
 391 AND = _core_.AND
 392 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 393 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 394 NOR = _core_.NOR
 395 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 396 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 397 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 398 NAND = _core_.NAND
 399 OR = _core_.OR
 400 SET = _core_.SET
 401 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 402 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 403 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 404 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 405 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 406 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 407 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 408 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 409 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 410 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 411 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 412 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 413 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 414 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 415 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 416 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 417 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 418 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 419 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 420 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 421 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 422 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 423 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 424 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 425 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 426 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 427 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 428 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 429 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 431 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 432 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 444 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 447 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 448 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 449 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 450 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 451 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 452 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 453 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 454 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 455 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 456 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 457 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 458 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 459 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 460 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 461 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 462 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 463 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 464 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 465 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 466 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 467 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 468 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 469 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 470 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 471 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 472 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 474 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 475 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 507 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 528 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 529 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 530 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 531 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 532 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 533 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 534 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 536 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 537 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 540 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 542 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 543 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 544 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 545 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 546 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 547 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 548 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 549 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 572 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 573 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 574 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 596 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 620 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 649 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 650 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 651 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 652 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 653 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 668 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 669 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 670 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 671 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 672 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 673 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 674 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 675 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 676 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 677 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 681 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 682 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 683 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 684 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 685
 686 class Object(object):
 687     """
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 690     """
 691     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 692     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 693     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 694     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 695         """
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String
 697
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 699         """
 700         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 701
 702     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 703         """
 704         Destroy(self)
 705
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 707         """
 708         args[0].this.own(False)
 709         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 710
 711     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 712 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 713 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 714 cvar = _core_.cvar
 715 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 716
 717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 718
 719 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 720 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 721 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 739 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 740 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 741 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 742 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 743 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 744 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 745 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 746 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 747 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 748 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 749 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 750 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 751 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 752 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 753 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 754 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 755 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 756 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 758 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 759 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 760 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 761 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 762 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 763 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 764 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 765 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 766 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 767 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 768 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 769 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 770 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 771
 772 class Size(object):
 773     """
 774     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 775     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 776     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 777     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 778     """
 779     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 780     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 781     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 782     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 783     x = width; y = height
 784     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 785         """
 786         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 787
 788         Creates a size object.
 789         """
 790         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 791     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 792     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 793     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 794         """
 795         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 796
 797         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 798         """
 799         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 800
 801     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 802         """
 803         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 804
 805         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 806         """
 807         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 808
 809     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 810         """
 811         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 812
 813         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 814         """
 815         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 816
 817     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 818         """
 819         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 820
 821         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 822         """
 823         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 824
 825     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 826         """
 827         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 828
 829         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 830         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 831         """
 832         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 833
 834     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 835         """
 836         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 837
 838         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 839         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 840         """
 841         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 842
 843     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 844         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 845         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 849         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 850
 851     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 852         """
 853         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 854
 855         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 856         """
 857         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 858
 859     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 860         """
 861         Set(self, int w, int h)
 862
 863         Set both width and height.
 864         """
 865         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 869         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 873         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 874
 875     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 876         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 877         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 881         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 882
 883     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 884         """
 885         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 886
 887         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 888         """
 889         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 890
 891     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 892         """
 893         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 894
 895         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 896         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 897         """
 898         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 899
 900     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 901         """
 902         Get() -> (width,height)
 903
 904         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 905         """
 906         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 907
 908     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 909     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 910     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 911     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 912     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 913     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 914         if index == 0: self.width = val
 915         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 916         else: raise IndexError
 917     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 918     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 919     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 920
 921 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 922
 923 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 924
 925 class RealPoint(object):
 926     """
 927     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 928     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 929     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 930     """
 931     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 932     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 933     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 934     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 935     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 936         """
 937         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 938
 939         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 940         """
 941         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 942     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 943     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 944     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 945         """
 946         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 947
 948         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 949         """
 950         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 951
 952     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 953         """
 954         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 955
 956         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 957         """
 958         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 959
 960     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 961         """
 962         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 963
 964         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 965         """
 966         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 967
 968     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 969         """
 970         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 971
 972         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 973         """
 974         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 975
 976     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 977         """
 978         Set(self, double x, double y)
 979
 980         Set both the x and y properties
 981         """
 982         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 983
 984     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 985         """
 986         Get() -> (x,y)
 987
 988         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 989         """
 990         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 991
 992     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 993     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 994     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 995     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 996     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 997     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 998         if index == 0: self.x = val
 999         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1000         else: raise IndexError
1001     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1002     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1003     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1004
1005 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1006
1007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1008
1009 class Point(object):
1010     """
1011     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1012     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1013     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1014     """
1015     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1016     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1017     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1018     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1019     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1020         """
1021         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1022
1023         Create a wx.Point object
1024         """
1025         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1026     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1027     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1028     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1029         """
1030         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1031
1032         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1033         """
1034         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1035
1036     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1037         """
1038         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1039
1040         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1041         """
1042         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1043
1044     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1045         """
1046         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1047
1048         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1049         """
1050         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1051
1052     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1053         """
1054         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1055
1056         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1057         """
1058         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1059
1060     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1061         """
1062         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1063
1064         Add pt to this object.
1065         """
1066         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1067
1068     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1069         """
1070         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1071
1072         Subtract pt from this object.
1073         """
1074         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1075
1076     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1077         """
1078         Set(self, long x, long y)
1079
1080         Set both the x and y properties
1081         """
1082         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1083
1084     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1085         """
1086         Get() -> (x,y)
1087
1088         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1089         """
1090         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1091
1092     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1093     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1094     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1095     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1096     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1097     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1098         if index == 0: self.x = val
1099         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1100         else: raise IndexError
1101     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1102     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1103     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1104
1105 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1106
1107 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 class Rect(object):
1110     """
1111     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1112     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1113     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1114     """
1115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1118         """
1119         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1120
1121         Create a new Rect object.
1122         """
1123         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1124     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1125     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1126     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1215         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1216         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1217
1218     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1219         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1220         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1221
1222     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1223         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1224         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1225
1226     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1227         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1228         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1229
1230     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1231         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1232         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1233
1234     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1235         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1236         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1237
1238     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1239         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1240         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1241
1242     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1243     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1244     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1245     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1246     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1247     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1248
1249     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1250         """
1251         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1252
1253         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1254
1255         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1256         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1257         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1258         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1259         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1260         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1261         direction.
1262
1263         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1264         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1265         first::
1266
1267             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1268             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1269
1270
1271         """
1272         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1273
1274     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1275         """
1276         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1277
1278         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1279         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1280         `Inflate` for a full description.
1281         """
1282         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1283
1284     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1285         """
1286         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1287
1288         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1289         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1290         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1291         """
1292         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1293
1294     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1295         """
1296         Offset(self, Point pt)
1297
1298         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1299         """
1300         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1301
1302     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1303         """
1304         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1305
1306         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1307         """
1308         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1309
1310     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1311         """
1312         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1313
1314         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1315         """
1316         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1317
1318     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1319         """
1320         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1321
1322         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1323         """
1324         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1325
1326     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1327         """
1328         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1329
1330         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1331         """
1332         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1333
1334     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1335         """
1336         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1337
1338         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1339         """
1340         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1341
1342     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1343         """
1344         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1345
1346         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1347         """
1348         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1349
1350     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1351         """
1352         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1353
1354         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1355         """
1356         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1357
1358     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1359         """
1360         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1361
1362         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1363         """
1364         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1365
1366     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1367         """
1368         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1369
1370         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1371         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1372         """
1373         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1376     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1377     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1378     Inside = Contains
1379     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1380     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1381
1382     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1383         """
1384         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1385
1386         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1387         """
1388         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1389
1390     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1391         """
1392         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1393
1394         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1395         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1396         """
1397         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1398
1399     CentreIn = CenterIn
1400     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1401     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1402     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1403     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1404     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1405         """
1406         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1407
1408         Set all rectangle properties.
1409         """
1410         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1411
1412     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1413         """
1414         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1415
1416         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1417         """
1418         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1419
1420     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1421     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1422     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1423     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1424     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1425     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1426         if index == 0: self.x = val
1427         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1428         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1429         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1430         else: raise IndexError
1431     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1432     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1433     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1434
1435     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1436     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1437     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1438     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1439     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1440     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1441     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1442     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1443     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1444     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1445     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1446     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1447     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1448     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1449     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1450 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1451
1452 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1453     """
1454     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1455
1456     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1457     """
1458     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1459     return val
1460
1461 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1462     """
1463     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1464
1465     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1466     """
1467     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1468     return val
1469
1470 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1471     """
1472     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1473
1474     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1475     """
1476     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1477     return val
1478
1479
1480 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1481   """
1482     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1483
1484     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1485     """
1486   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1487 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1488
1489 class Point2D(object):
1490     """
1491     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1492     with floating point values.
1493     """
1494     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1495     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1496     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1497         """
1498         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1499
1500         Create a w.Point2D object.
1501         """
1502         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1503     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1504     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1505     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1506         """
1507         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1508
1509         Convert to integer
1510         """
1511         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1512
1513     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1514         """
1515         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1516
1517         Convert to integer
1518         """
1519         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1520
1521     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1522         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1523         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1524
1525     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1526         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1527         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1528
1529     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1530         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1531         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1532
1533     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1534         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1535         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1536
1537     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1538         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1539         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1540     def Normalize(self):
1541         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1542
1543     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1544         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1545         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1546
1547     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1548         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1549         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1550
1551     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1552         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1553         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1554
1555     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1556         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1557         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1558
1559     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1560         """
1561         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1562
1563         the reflection of this point
1564         """
1565         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1566
1567     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1568         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1569         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1570
1571     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1572         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1573         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1574
1575     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1576         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1577         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1578
1579     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1580         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1581         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1582
1583     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1584         """
1585         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1586
1587         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1588         """
1589         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1590
1591     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1592         """
1593         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1594
1595         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1596         """
1597         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1598
1599     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1600     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1601     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1602         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1603         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1604
1605     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1606         """
1607         Get() -> (x,y)
1608
1609         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1610         """
1611         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1612
1613     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1614     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1615     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1616     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1617     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1618     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1619         if index == 0: self.x = val
1620         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1621         else: raise IndexError
1622     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1623     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1624     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1625
1626     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1627     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1628     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1629     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1630 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1631
1632 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1633     """
1634     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1635
1636     Create a w.Point2D object.
1637     """
1638     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1639     return val
1640
1641 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1642     """
1643     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1644
1645     Create a w.Point2D object.
1646     """
1647     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1648     return val
1649
1650 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1651
1652 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1653 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1654 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1655 class InputStream(object):
1656     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1657     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1658     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1659     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1660         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1661         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1662     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1663     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1664     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1665         """close(self)"""
1666         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1667
1668     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1669         """flush(self)"""
1670         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1671
1672     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1674         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1677         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1678         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1679
1680     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1681         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1682         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1683
1684     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1685         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1686         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1687
1688     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1689         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1690         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1691
1692     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """tell(self) -> int"""
1694         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1697         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1698         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1699
1700     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1701         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1702         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1703
1704     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1705         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1706         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1707
1708     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1709         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1710         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1711
1712     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1714         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1717         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1718         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1719
1720     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1721         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1722         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1723
1724     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1725         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1726         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1727
1728 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1729 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1730 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1731
1732 class OutputStream(object):
1733     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1734     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1735     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1736     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1737     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1738         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1739         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1740
1741     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1742         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1743         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1744
1745 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1746
1747 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1748
1749 class FSFile(Object):
1750     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1751     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1752     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1753     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1754         """
1755         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1756             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1757         """
1758         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1759     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1760     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1761     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1763         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """DetachStream(self)"""
1767         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1771         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1775         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1779         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1783         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1786     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
1787     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
1788     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
1789     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
1790 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1791
1792 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1793     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1794     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1795     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1796     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1797     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1798     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1799 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1800
1801 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1802     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1803     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1804     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1805     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1806         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1807         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1808         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1809
1810     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1811         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1812         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1813
1814     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1815         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1816         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1817
1818     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1819         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1820         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1821
1822     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1823         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1824         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1825
1826     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1827         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1828         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1829
1830     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1831         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1832         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1835         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1836         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1837
1838     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1840         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1843         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1844         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1847         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1848         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1849
1850     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1851     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
1852     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
1853     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
1854     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
1855 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1856
1857 class FileSystem(Object):
1858     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1862         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1863         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1864     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1865     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1866     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1867         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1868         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1869
1870     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1871         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1872         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1873
1874     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1875         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1876         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1877
1878     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1879         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1880         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1881
1882     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1883         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1884         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1885
1886     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1887         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1888         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1889
1890     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1891     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1892         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1893         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1894
1895     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
1896     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1897         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1898         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1899
1900     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1901     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1902         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1903         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1904
1905     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1906     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1907         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1908         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1909
1910     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1911     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
1912 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1913
1914 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1915   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1916   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1917
1918 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1919   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1920   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1921
1922 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1923   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1924   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1925
1926 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1927   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1928   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1929
1930 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1931   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1932   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1933
1934 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1935     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1936     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1937     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1938     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1939         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1940         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1941     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1942         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1943         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1944
1945     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1946         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1947         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1948
1949 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1950
1951 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1952     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1953     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1954     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1955     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1956         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1957         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1958     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1959         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1960         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1963         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1964         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1965
1966     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1967         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1968         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1969
1970     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1971         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1972         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1973
1974 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1975
1976
1977 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1978   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1979   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1980
1981 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1982   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1983   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1986   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1987   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1988 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1989     """
1990     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1991     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1992     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1993     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1994     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1995     """
1996     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1997         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1998     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1999         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2000     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2001         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2002     else:
2003         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2004
2005 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2006     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2007     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2008     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2009     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2010         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2011         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2012     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2013         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2014         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2015
2016     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2017     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2018     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2019         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2020         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2021
2022     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2023         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2024         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2025
2026     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2027         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2028         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2029
2030     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2031         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2032         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2033
2034 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2035
2036 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2037   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2038   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2039
2040 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2041 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2042 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2043 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2044 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2045 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2046
2047 class ImageHandler(Object):
2048     """
2049     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2050     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2051     normally seen by the application.
2052     """
2053     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2054     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2055     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2056     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2057         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2058         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2059
2060     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2061         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2062         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2063
2064     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2065         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2066         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2067
2068     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2069         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2070         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2071
2072     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2073         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2074         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2075
2076     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2077         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2078         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2079
2080     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2081         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2082         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2083
2084     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2085         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2086         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2087
2088     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2089         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2090         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2091
2092     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2093         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2094         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2095
2096     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2097     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2098     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2099     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2100 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2101
2102 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2103     """
2104     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2105     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2106     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2107     the following methods::
2108
2109         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2110             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2111
2112         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2113             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2114
2115         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2116             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2117                this handler's image file format.'''
2118
2119         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2120             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2121                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2122
2123     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2124     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2125     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2126
2127     """
2128     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2129     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2130     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2131         """
2132         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2133
2134         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2135         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2136         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2137         the following methods::
2138
2139             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2140                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2141
2142             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2143                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2144
2145             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2146                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2147                    this handler's image file format.'''
2148
2149             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2150                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2151                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2152
2153         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2154         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2155         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2156
2157         """
2158         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2159         self._SetSelf(self)
2160
2161     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2162         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2163         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2164
2165 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2166
2167 class ImageHistogram(object):
2168     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2169     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2170     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2171     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2172         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2173         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2174     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2175         """
2176         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2177
2178         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2179         """
2180         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2181
2182     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2183     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2184         """
2185         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2186
2187         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2188         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2189         success flag and rgb values.
2190         """
2191         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2192
2193     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2194         """
2195         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2196
2197         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2198         key value from a RGB tripple.
2199         """
2200         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2201
2202     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2203         """
2204         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2205
2206         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2207         """
2208         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2209
2210     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2211         """
2212         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2213
2214         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2215         """
2216         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2217
2218 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2219
2220 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2221   """
2222     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2223
2224     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2225     """
2226   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2227
2228 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2229     """
2230     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2231     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2232     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2233     color space.
2234     """
2235     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2236     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2237     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2238         """
2239         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2240
2241         Constructor.
2242         """
2243         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2244     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2245     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2246     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2247 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2248
2249 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2250     """
2251     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2252     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2253     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2254     color space.
2255     """
2256     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2257     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2258     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2259         """
2260         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2261
2262         Constructor.
2263         """
2264         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2265     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2266     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2267     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2268 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2269
2270 class Image(Object):
2271     """
2272     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2273     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2274     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2275     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2276
2277     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2278     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2279     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2280     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2281
2282     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2283     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2284     bitmap object.
2285
2286     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2287     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2288     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2289     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2290     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2291
2292     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2293     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2294     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2295     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2296     """
2297     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2298     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2299     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2300         """
2301         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2302
2303         Loads an image from a file.
2304         """
2305         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2306     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2307     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2308     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2309         """
2310         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2311
2312         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2313         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2314         """
2315         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2316
2317     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2318         """
2319         Destroy(self)
2320
2321         Destroys the image data.
2322         """
2323         args[0].this.own(False)
2324         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2325
2326     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2327         """
2328         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2329
2330         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2331         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2332         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2333         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2334         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2335         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2336         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2337         downsampling respectively.
2338         """
2339         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2340
2341     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2342         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2343         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2344
2345     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2346         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2347         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """
2351         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2352
2353         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2354         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2355         single mask colour for transparency.
2356         """
2357         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2358
2359     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2360         """
2361         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2362
2363         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2364         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2365
2366         """
2367         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2368
2369     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2370         """
2371         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2372
2373         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2374         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2375         """
2376         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2377
2378     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2379         """
2380         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2381
2382         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2383         """
2384         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2385
2386     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """
2388         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2389
2390         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2391         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2392
2393         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2394         """
2395         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2396
2397     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2398         """
2399         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2400
2401         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2402         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2403         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2404         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2405         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2406         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2407         newly exposed areas.
2408
2409         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2410         """
2411         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2412
2413     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2414         """
2415         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2416
2417         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2418         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2419         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2420         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2421         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2422         """
2423         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2424
2425     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2426         """
2427         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2428
2429         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2430         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2431         safe way to manipulate the data.
2432         """
2433         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2434
2435     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2436         """
2437         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2438
2439         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2440         """
2441         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2442
2443     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2444         """
2445         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2446
2447         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2448         """
2449         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2450
2451     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2452         """
2453         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2454
2455         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2456         """
2457         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2458
2459     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2462
2463         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2464         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2465         for this.
2466         """
2467         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2468
2469     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2470         """
2471         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2472
2473         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2474         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2475         this.
2476
2477         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2478         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2479         the fully opaque pixels.
2480         """
2481         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2482
2483     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2484         """
2485         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2486
2487         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2488         """
2489         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2490
2491     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2492         """
2493         InitAlpha(self)
2494
2495         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2496         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2497         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2498         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2499         """
2500         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2501
2502     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2503         """
2504         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2505
2506         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2507         than the spcified threshold.
2508         """
2509         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2510
2511     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2512         """
2513         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2514
2515         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2516         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2517         success flag and rgb values.
2518         """
2519         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2520
2521     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2522         """
2523         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2524
2525         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2526         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2527         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2528         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2529
2530         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2531         nothing.
2532         """
2533         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2534
2535     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2536         """
2537         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2538
2539         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2540         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2541         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2542         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2543         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2544         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2545         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2546         """
2547         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2548
2549     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2550         """
2551         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2552
2553         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2554         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2555         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2556         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2557         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2558
2559         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2560         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2561         mask was successfully applied.
2562
2563         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2564         computationally intensive operation.
2565         """
2566         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2567
2568     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2569         """
2570         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2571
2572         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2573         """
2574         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2575
2576     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2577     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2578         """
2579         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2580
2581         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2582         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2583         the number of available images.
2584         """
2585         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2586
2587     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2588     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2589         """
2590         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2591
2592         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2593         library will try to autodetect the format.
2594         """
2595         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2596
2597     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2598         """
2599         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2600
2601         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2602         string.
2603         """
2604         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2605
2606     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2607         """
2608         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2609
2610         Saves an image in the named file.
2611         """
2612         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2613
2614     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2615         """
2616         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2617
2618         Saves an image in the named file.
2619         """
2620         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2621
2622     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2623         """
2624         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2625
2626         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2627         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2628         object.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2633     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2634         """
2635         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2636
2637         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2638         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2639         autodetect the format.
2640         """
2641         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2642
2643     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2644         """
2645         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2646
2647         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2648         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2649         """
2650         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2651
2652     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2653         """
2654         IsOk(self) -> bool
2655
2656         Returns true if image data is present.
2657         """
2658         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2659
2660     Ok = IsOk
2661     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2662         """
2663         GetWidth(self) -> int
2664
2665         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """
2671         GetHeight(self) -> int
2672
2673         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2674         """
2675         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2676
2677     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2678         """
2679         GetSize(self) -> Size
2680
2681         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2682         """
2683         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2684
2685     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2686         """
2687         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2688
2689         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2690         entirely to the image.
2691         """
2692         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2693
2694     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2695         """
2696         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2697
2698         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2699         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2700         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2701         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2702         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2703         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2704         newly exposed areas.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         Copy(self) -> Image
2711
2712         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2713         """
2714         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2717         """
2718         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2719
2720         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2721         and any out of bounds problems.
2722         """
2723         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2724
2725     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2726         """
2727         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2728
2729         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2730         """
2731         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2732
2733     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2734         """
2735         SetData(self, buffer data)
2736
2737         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2738         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2739         the data must be width*height*3.
2740         """
2741         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2742
2743     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2744         """
2745         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2746
2747         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2748         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2749         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2750         """
2751         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2752
2753     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2754         """
2755         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2756
2757         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2758         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2759         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2760         """
2761         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2762
2763     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2764         """
2765         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2766
2767         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2768         """
2769         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2770
2771     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2772         """
2773         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2774
2775         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2776         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2777         data must be width*height.
2778         """
2779         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2780
2781     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2782         """
2783         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2784
2785         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2786         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2787         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2788         """
2789         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2790
2791     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2792         """
2793         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2794
2795         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2796         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2797         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2798         """
2799         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2800
2801     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2802         """
2803         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2804
2805         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2806         mask).
2807         """
2808         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2809
2810     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2811         """
2812         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2813
2814         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2821
2822         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2823         """
2824         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2825
2826     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """
2828         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2829
2830         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2831         """
2832         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2835         """
2836         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2837
2838         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2839         """
2840         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2841
2842     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2843         """
2844         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2845
2846         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2847         determined by the current mask colour.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """
2853         HasMask(self) -> bool
2854
2855         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2856         """
2857         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2858
2859     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2860         """
2861         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2862             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2863
2864         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2865         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2866         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2867         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2868         will be used as the fill colour.
2869
2870         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2871         """
2872         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2873
2874     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2875         """
2876         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2877
2878         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2879         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2880         """
2881         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2882
2883     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2884         """
2885         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2886
2887         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2888         indicates the orientation.
2889         """
2890         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2891
2892     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2893         """
2894         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2895
2896         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2897         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2898         """
2899         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2900
2901     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2902         """
2903         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2904
2905         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2906         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2907         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2908         """
2909         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2910
2911     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2912         """
2913         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2914
2915         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2916         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2917         colour everywhere else.
2918         """
2919         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2920
2921     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2922         """
2923         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2924
2925         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2926         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2927         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2928         """
2929         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2930
2931     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2932         """
2933         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2934
2935         Sets an image option as an integer.
2936         """
2937         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2938
2939     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2940         """
2941         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2942
2943         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2944         """
2945         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2946
2947     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2948         """
2949         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2950
2951         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2952         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2953         """
2954         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2955
2956     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2957         """
2958         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2959
2960         Returns true if the given option is present.
2961         """
2962         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2963
2964     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2965         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2966         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2967
2968     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2969         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2970         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2971
2972     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2973         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2974         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2975
2976     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2977     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2978         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2979         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2980
2981     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2982     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2983         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2984         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2985
2986     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2987     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2988         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2989         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2990
2991     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2992     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2993         """
2994         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2995
2996         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2997         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2998         dialog boxes.
2999         """
3000         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3001
3002     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3003     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3004         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3005         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3008         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3009         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3010
3011     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3012         """
3013         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3014
3015         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3016         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3017         """
3018         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3019
3020     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3021         """
3022         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3023
3024         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3025         """
3026         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3029     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3030         """
3031         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3032
3033         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3034         """
3035         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3036
3037     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3038     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3039     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3040     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3041     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3042     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3043     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3044     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3045     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3046     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3047     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3048 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3049
3050 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3051     """
3052     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3053
3054     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3055     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3056     """
3057     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3058     return val
3059
3060 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3061     """
3062     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3063
3064     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3065     object.
3066     """
3067     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3068     return val
3069
3070 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3071     """
3072     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3073
3074     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3075     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3076     """
3077     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3078     return val
3079
3080 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3081     """
3082     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3083
3084     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3085     pixels to black.
3086     """
3087     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3088     return val
3089
3090 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3091     """
3092     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3093
3094     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3095     """
3096     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3097     return val
3098
3099 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3100     """
3101     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3102
3103     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3104     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3105     must be width*height*3.
3106     """
3107     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3108     return val
3109
3110 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3111     """
3112     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3113
3114     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3115     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3116     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3117     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3118     """
3119     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3120     return val
3121
3122 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3123   """
3124     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3125
3126     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3127     """
3128   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3129
3130 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3131   """
3132     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3133
3134     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3135     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3136     the number of available images.
3137     """
3138   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3139
3140 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3141   """
3142     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3143
3144     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3145     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3146     object.
3147     """
3148   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3149
3150 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3151   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3152   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3153
3154 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3155   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3156   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3157
3158 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3159   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3160   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3161
3162 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3163   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3164   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3165
3166 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3167   """
3168     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3169
3170     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3171     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3172     dialog boxes.
3173     """
3174   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3175
3176 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3177   """
3178     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3179
3180     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3181     """
3182   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3183
3184 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3185   """
3186     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3187
3188     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3189     """
3190   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3191
3192
3193 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3194   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3195   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3196 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3197     """
3198     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3199     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3200     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3201     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3202     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3203     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3204
3205     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3206     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3207     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3208     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3209     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3210
3211     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3212     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3213     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3214     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3215     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3216     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3217     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3218     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3219     them to change size.
3220     """
3221     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3222     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3223     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3224     return image
3225
3226 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3227     """
3228     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3229     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3230     """
3231     pass
3232
3233 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3234 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3235 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3236 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3237 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3238 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3239 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3240 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3241 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3242 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3243 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3244 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3245 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3246 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3247 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3248     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3249     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3250     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3251     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3252         """
3253         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3254
3255         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3256         """
3257         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3258 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3259 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3260 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3261 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3262 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3263 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3264 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3265 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3266 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3267 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3268 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3269 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3270 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3271 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3272 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3273 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3274 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3275
3276 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3277     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3278     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3279     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3280     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3281         """
3282         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3283
3284         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3285         """
3286         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3287 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3288
3289 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3290     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3291     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3292     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3293     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3294         """
3295         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3296
3297         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3298         """
3299         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3300 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3301
3302 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3303     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3304     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3305     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3306     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3307         """
3308         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3309
3310         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3311         """
3312         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3313 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3314
3315 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3316     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3317     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3318     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3319     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3320         """
3321         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3322
3323         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3324         """
3325         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3326 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3327
3328 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3329     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3330     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3331     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3332     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3333         """
3334         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3335
3336         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3337         """
3338         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3339 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3340
3341 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3342     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3343     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3344     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3345     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3346         """
3347         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3348
3349         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3350         """
3351         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3352 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3353
3354 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3355     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3356     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3357     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3358     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3359         """
3360         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3361
3362         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3363         """
3364         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3365 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3366
3367 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3368     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3369     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3370     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3371     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3372         """
3373         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3374
3375         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3376         """
3377         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3378 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3379
3380 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3381     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3382     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3384     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3385         """
3386         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3387
3388         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3389         """
3390         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3391 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3392
3393 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3394     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3395     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3396     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3397     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3398         """
3399         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3400
3401         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3402         """
3403         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3404 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3405
3406 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3407 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3408 class Quantize(object):
3409     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3410     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3411     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3412     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3413     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3414         """
3415         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3416
3417         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3418         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3419         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3420         """
3421         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3422
3423     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3424 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3425
3426 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3427   """
3428     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3429
3430     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3431     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3432     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3433     """
3434   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3435
3436 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3437
3438 class EvtHandler(Object):
3439     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3440     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3441     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3442     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3443         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3444         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3445         self._setOORInfo(self)
3446
3447     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3448         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3449         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3450
3451     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3452         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3453         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3454
3455     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3456         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3457         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3458
3459     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3460         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3461         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3462
3463     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3464         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3465         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3466
3467     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3468         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3469         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3470
3471     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3472         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3473         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3474
3475     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3476         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3477         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3478
3479     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3480         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3481         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3482
3483     def AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs):
3484         """AllowReentrance(self, bool allow=True)"""
3485         return _core_.EvtHandler_AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs)
3486
3487     def IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
3488         """IsReentranceAllowed(self) -> bool"""
3489         return _core_.EvtHandler_IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
3490
3491     def IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs):
3492         """IsEventHandlingInProgress(self) -> bool"""
3493         return _core_.EvtHandler_IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs)
3494
3495     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3496         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3497         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3498
3499     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3500         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3501         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3502
3503     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3504         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3505         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3506         args[0].thisown = 0
3507         return val
3508
3509     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3510         """
3511         Bind an event to an event handler.
3512
3513         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3514                       type of event to bind,
3515
3516         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3517                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3518                       disconnect an event handler.
3519
3520         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3521                       different window than self, but you still
3522                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3523                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3524                       passing the source of the event, the event
3525                       handling system is able to differentiate
3526                       between the same event type from different
3527                       controls.
3528
3529         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3530                    of instance.
3531
3532         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3533                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3534         """
3535         if source is not None:
3536             id  = source.GetId()
3537         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3538
3539     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3540         """
3541         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3542         Returns True if successful.
3543         """
3544         if source is not None:
3545             id  = source.GetId()
3546         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3547
3548     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3549     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3550     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3551 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3552
3553 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3554
3555 class PyEventBinder(object):
3556     """
3557     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3558     handlers.
3559     """
3560     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3561         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3562             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3563         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3564
3565         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3566             self.evtType = evtType
3567         else:
3568             self.evtType = [evtType]
3569
3570
3571     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3572         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3573         for et in self.evtType:
3574             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3575
3576
3577     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3578         """Remove an event binding."""
3579         success = 0
3580         for et in self.evtType:
3581             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3582         return success != 0
3583
3584
3585     def __call__(self, *args):
3586         """
3587         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3588         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3589         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3590         type of the event.
3591         """
3592         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3593         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3594         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3595         target = args[0]
3596         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3597             func = args[1]
3598         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3599             id1 = args[1]
3600             func = args[2]
3601         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3602             id1 = args[1]
3603             id2 = args[2]
3604             func = args[3]
3605         else:
3606             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3607
3608         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3609
3610
3611 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3612 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3613     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3614 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3615     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3616
3617
3618 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3619
3620 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3621
3622 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3623 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3624
3625 def NewEventType(*args):
3626   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3627   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3628 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3629 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3630 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3631 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3632 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3633 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3634 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3635 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3636 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3637 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3638 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3639 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3640 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3641 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3642 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3643 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3644 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3645 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3646 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3647 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3648 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3649 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3650 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3651 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3652 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3653 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3654 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3655 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3656 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3657 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3658 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3659 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3660 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3661 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3662 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3663 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3664 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3665 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3666 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3667 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3668 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3669 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3670 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3671 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3672 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3673 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3674 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3675 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3676 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3677 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3678 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3679 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3680 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3681 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3682 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3683 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3684 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3685 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3686 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3687 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3688 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3689 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3690 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3691 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3692 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3693 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3694 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3695 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3696 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3697 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3698 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3699 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3700 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3701 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3702 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3703 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3704 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3705 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3706 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3707 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3708 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3709 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3710 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3711 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3712 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3713 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3714 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3715 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3716 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3717 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3718 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3719 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3720 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3721 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3722 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3723 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3724 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3725 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3726 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3727 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3728 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3729 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3730 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3731 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3732 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3733 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3734 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3735 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3736 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3737 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3738 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3739 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3740 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3741 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3742 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3743 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3744 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3745 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3746 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3747 #
3748 # Create some event binders
3749 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3750 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3751 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3752 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3753 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3754 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3755 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3756 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3757 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3758 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3759 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3760 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3761 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3762 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3763 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3764 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3765 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3766 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3767 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3768 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3769 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3770 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3771 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3772 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3773 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3774 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3775 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3776 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3777 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3778 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3779 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3780 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3781 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3782 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3783 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3784 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3785 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3786 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3787 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3788 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3789 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3790 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3791
3792 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3793 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3794 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3795 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3796 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3797 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3798 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3799 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3800 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3801 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3802 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3803 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3804 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3805
3806 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3807                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3808                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3809                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3810                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3811                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3812                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3813                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3814                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3815                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3816                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3817                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3818                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3819                                      ])
3820
3821
3822 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3823 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3824                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3825                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3826                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3827                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3828                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3829                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3830                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3831                                   ])
3832
3833 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3834 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3835 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3836 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3837 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3838 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3839 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3840 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3841
3842 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3843 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3844                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3845                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3846                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3847                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3848                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3849                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3850                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3851                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3852                                ])
3853
3854 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3855 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3856 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3857 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3858 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3859 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3860 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3861 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3862 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3863 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3864
3865 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3866 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3867                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3868                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3869                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3870                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3871                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3872                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3873                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3874                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3875                                        ], 1)
3876
3877 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3878 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3879 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3880 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3881 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3882 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3883 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3884 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3885 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3886 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3887
3888 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3889 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3890 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3891 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3892 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3893 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3894 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3895 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3896 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3897 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3898
3899 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3900 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3901 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3902 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3903 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3904 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3905 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3906 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3907 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3908
3909
3910 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3911 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3912 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3913 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3914 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3915 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3916 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3917
3918 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3919
3920 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3921 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3922
3923 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3924
3925 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3926 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3927 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3928
3929
3930 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3931
3932 class Event(Object):
3933     """
3934     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3935     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3936     other event classes
3937     """
3938     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3939     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3940     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3941     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3942     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3943     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3944         """
3945         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3946
3947         Sets the specific type of the event.
3948         """
3949         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3950
3951     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3952         """
3953         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3954
3955         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3956         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3957         """
3958         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3959
3960     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3961         """
3962         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3963
3964         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3965         any.
3966         """
3967         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3968
3969     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3970         """
3971         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3972
3973         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3974         object that is sending the event.
3975         """
3976         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3977
3978     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3979         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3980         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3981
3982     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3983         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3984         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3985
3986     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3987         """
3988         GetId(self) -> int
3989
3990         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3991         command id.
3992         """
3993         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3994
3995     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3996         """
3997         SetId(self, int Id)
3998
3999         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4000         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4001         item, etc.
4002         """
4003         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4004
4005     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4006         """
4007         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4008
4009         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4010         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4011         """
4012         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4013
4014     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4015         """
4016         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4017
4018         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether
4019         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the
4020         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is
4021         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is
4022         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further
4023         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed
4024         already in the current handler.
4025         """
4026         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4027
4028     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4029         """
4030         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4031
4032         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4033         :see: `Skip`
4034         """
4035         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4036
4037     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4038         """
4039         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4040
4041         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4042         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4043         """
4044         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4045
4046     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4047         """
4048         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4049
4050         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4051         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4052         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4053         """
4054         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4055
4056     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4057         """
4058         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4059
4060         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4061         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4062         `StopPropagation`.)
4063
4064         """
4065         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4066
4067     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4068         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4069         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4070
4071     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4072     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4073     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4074     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4075     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4076 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4077
4078 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4079
4080 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4081     """
4082     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4083     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4084     propogation of the event will be restored.
4085     """
4086     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4087     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4088     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4089         """
4090         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4091
4092         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4093         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4094         propogation of the event will be restored.
4095         """
4096         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4097     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4098     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4099 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4100
4101 class PropagateOnce(object):
4102     """
4103     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4104     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4105     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4106     """
4107     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4108     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4109     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4110         """
4111         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4112
4113         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4114         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4115         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4116         """
4117         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4118     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4119     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4120 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4121
4122 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4123
4124 class CommandEvent(Event):
4125     """
4126     This event class contains information about command events, which
4127     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4128     toolbars.
4129     """
4130     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4131     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4132     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4133         """
4134         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4135
4136         This event class contains information about command events, which
4137         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4138         toolbars.
4139         """
4140         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4141     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4142         """
4143         GetSelection(self) -> int
4144
4145         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4146         for a deselection).
4147         """
4148         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4149
4150     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4151         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4152         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4153
4154     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4155         """
4156         GetString(self) -> String
4157
4158         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4159         for a deselection).
4160         """
4161         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4162
4163     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4164         """
4165         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4166
4167         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4168         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4169         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4170         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4171         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4172         """
4173         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4174
4175     Checked = IsChecked
4176     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4177         """
4178         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4179
4180         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4181         false if it is a deselection.
4182         """
4183         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4184
4185     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4186         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4187         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4188
4189     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4190         """
4191         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4192
4193         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4194         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4195         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4196         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4197         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4198         listbox must be examined by the application.
4199         """
4200         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4201
4202     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4203         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4204         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4205
4206     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4207         """
4208         GetInt(self) -> int
4209
4210         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4211         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4212         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4213         """
4214         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4215
4216     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4217         """
4218         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4219
4220         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4221         """
4222         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4223
4224     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4225         """
4226         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4227
4228         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4229         """
4230         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4231
4232     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4233     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4234
4235     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4236         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4237         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4238
4239     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4240     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4241     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4242     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4243     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4244     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4245 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4246
4247 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4248
4249 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4250     """
4251     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4252     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4253     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4254     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4255     """
4256     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4257     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4258     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4259         """
4260         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4261
4262         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4263         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4264         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4265         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4266         """
4267         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4268     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4269         """
4270         Veto(self)
4271
4272         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4273
4274         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4275         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4276         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4277         """
4278         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4279
4280     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4281         """
4282         Allow(self)
4283
4284         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4285         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4286         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4287         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4288         """
4289         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4290
4291     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4292         """
4293         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4294
4295         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4296         false otherwise (if it was).
4297         """
4298         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4299
4300 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4301
4302 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4303
4304 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4305     """
4306     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4307     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4308     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4309     instead.
4310     """
4311     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4312     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4313     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4314         """
4315         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4316             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4317         """
4318         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4319     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4320         """
4321         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4322
4323         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4324         the scrollbar.
4325         """
4326         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4327
4328     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4329         """
4330         GetPosition(self) -> int
4331
4332         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4333         """
4334         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4335
4336     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4337         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4338         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4339
4340     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4341         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4342         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4343
4344     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4345     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4346 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4347
4348 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4349
4350 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4351     """
4352     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4353     scrolling windows.
4354     """
4355     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4356     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4357     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4358         """
4359         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4360
4361         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4362         scrolling windows.
4363         """
4364         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4365     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4366         """
4367         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4368
4369         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4370         the scrollbar.
4371         """
4372         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4373
4374     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4375         """
4376         GetPosition(self) -> int
4377
4378         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4379         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4380         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4381         """
4382         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4383
4384     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4385         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4386         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4387
4388     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4389         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4390         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4391
4392     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4393     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4394 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4395
4396 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4397
4398 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4399 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4400 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4401 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4402 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4403 class MouseEvent(Event):
4404     """
4405     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4406     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4407     mouse move events.
4408
4409     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4410     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4411     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4412     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4413     events from it.
4414
4415     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4416     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4417     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4418     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4419     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4420     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4421     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4422     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4423     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4424     """
4425     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4426     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4427     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4428         """
4429         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4430
4431         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4432
4433             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4434             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4435             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4436             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4437             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4438             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4439             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4440             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4441             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4442             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4443             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4444             * wxEVT_MOTION
4445             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4446         """
4447         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4448     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4449         """
4450         IsButton(self) -> bool
4451
4452         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4453         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4454         """
4455         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4456
4457     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4458         """
4459         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4460
4461         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4462         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4463         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4464         values).
4465         """
4466         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4467
4468     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4469         """
4470         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4471
4472         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4473         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4474         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4475         values).
4476         """
4477         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4478
4479     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4480         """
4481         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4482
4483         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4484         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4485         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4486         """
4487         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4488
4489     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4490         """
4491         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4492
4493         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4494         values of button are:
4495
4496              ====================      =====================================
4497              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4498              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4499              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4500              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4501              ====================      =====================================
4502
4503         """
4504         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4505
4506     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4507         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4508         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4509
4510     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4511         """
4512         GetButton(self) -> int
4513
4514         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4515         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4516         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4517         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4518         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4519         right buttons respectively.
4520         """
4521         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4522
4523     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4524         """
4525         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4526
4527         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4528         """
4529         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4530
4531     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4532         """
4533         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4534
4535         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4536         """
4537         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4538
4539     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4540         """
4541         AltDown(self) -> bool
4542
4543         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4544         """
4545         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4546
4547     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4548         """
4549         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4550
4551         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4552         """
4553         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4554
4555     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4556         """
4557         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4558
4559         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4560         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4561         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4562         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4563         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4564         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4565         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4566         """
4567         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4568
4569     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4570         """
4571         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4572
4573         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4574         """
4575         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4576
4577     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4578         """
4579         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4580
4581         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4582         """
4583         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4584
4585     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4586         """
4587         RightDown(self) -> bool
4588
4589         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4590         """
4591         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4592
4593     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4594         """
4595         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4596
4597         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4598         """
4599         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4600
4601     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4602         """
4603         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4604
4605         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4606         """
4607         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4608
4609     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4610         """
4611         RightUp(self) -> bool
4612
4613         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4614         """
4615         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4616
4617     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4618         """
4619         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4620
4621         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4622         """
4623         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4624
4625     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4626         """
4627         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4628
4629         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4630         """
4631         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4632
4633     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4634         """
4635         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4636
4637         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4638         """
4639         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4640
4641     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4642         """
4643         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4644
4645         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4646         of the current event type.
4647
4648         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4649         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4650         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4651
4652         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4653         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4654         dragging the mouse.
4655         """
4656         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4657
4658     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4659         """
4660         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4661
4662         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4663         of the current event type.
4664         """
4665         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4666
4667     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4668         """
4669         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4670
4671         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4672         of the current event type.
4673         """
4674         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4675
4676     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4677         """
4678         Dragging(self) -> bool
4679
4680         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4681         depressed).
4682         """
4683         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4684
4685     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4686         """
4687         Moving(self) -> bool
4688
4689         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4690         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4691         false and Dragging returns true.
4692         """
4693         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4694
4695     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4696         """
4697         Entering(self) -> bool
4698
4699         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4700         """
4701         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4702
4703     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4704         """
4705         Leaving(self) -> bool
4706
4707         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4708         """
4709         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4710
4711     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4712         """
4713         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4714
4715         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4716         event happened.
4717         """
4718         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4719
4720     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4721         """
4722         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4723
4724         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4725         event happened.
4726         """
4727         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4728
4729     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4730         """
4731         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4732
4733         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4734         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4735         that the window has been scrolled).
4736         """
4737         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4738
4739     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4740         """
4741         GetX(self) -> int
4742
4743         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4744         """
4745         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4746
4747     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4748         """
4749         GetY(self) -> int
4750
4751         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4752         """
4753         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4754
4755     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4756         """
4757         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4758
4759         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4760         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4761         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4762         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4763         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4764         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4765         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4766         """
4767         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4768
4769     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4770         """
4771         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4772
4773         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4774         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4775         should occur for each delta.
4776         """
4777         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4778
4779     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4780         """
4781         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4782
4783         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4784         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4785         """
4786         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4787
4788     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4789         """
4790         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4791
4792         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4793         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4794         """
4795         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4796
4797     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4798     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4799     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4800     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4801     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4802     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4803     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4804     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4805     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4806     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4807     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4808     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4809     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
4810     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
4811     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
4812     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
4813     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
4814     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
4815     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4816     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4817 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4818
4819 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4820
4821 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4822     """
4823     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4824     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4825     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4826     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4827     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4828     """
4829     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4830     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4831     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4832         """
4833         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4834
4835         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4836         """
4837         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4838     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4839         """
4840         GetX(self) -> int
4841
4842         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4843         """
4844         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4845
4846     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4847         """
4848         GetY(self) -> int
4849
4850         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4851         """
4852         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4853
4854     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4855         """
4856         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4857
4858         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4859         """
4860         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4861
4862     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4863         """
4864         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4865
4866         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4867         """
4868         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4869
4870     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4871         """
4872         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4873
4874         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4875         """
4876         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4877
4878     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
4879     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4880     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4881 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4882
4883 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4884
4885 class KeyEvent(Event):
4886     """
4887     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4888     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4889     the keyboard focus.
4890
4891     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4892     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4893     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4894     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4895     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4896     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4897     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4898     corresponding to each down one.
4899
4900     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4901     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4902     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4903     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4904     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4905     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4906     example.
4907
4908     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4909     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4910     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4911     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4912     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4913     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4914     well.
4915
4916     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4917     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4918     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4919     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4920     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4921     by the system itself.
4922
4923     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4924     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4925     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4926     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4927
4928     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4929     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4930     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4931     focus.
4932
4933     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4934     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4935     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4936     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4937
4938     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4939     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4940     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4941     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4942
4943     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4944     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4945     work under Windows.
4946
4947     """
4948     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4949     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4950     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4951         """
4952         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4953
4954         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4955             *
4956         """
4957         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4958     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4959         """
4960         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4961
4962         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4963         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4964         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4965         example::
4966
4967             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4968                 DoSomething()
4969
4970         """
4971         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4972
4973     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4974         """
4975         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4976
4977         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4978         """
4979         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4980
4981     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4982         """
4983         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4984
4985         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4986         """
4987         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4988
4989     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4990         """
4991         AltDown(self) -> bool
4992
4993         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4994         """
4995         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4996
4997     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4998         """
4999         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5000
5001         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5002         """
5003         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5004
5005     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5006         """
5007         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5008
5009         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5010         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5011         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5012         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5013         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5014         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5015         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5016         """
5017         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5018
5019     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5020         """
5021         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5022
5023         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5024         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5025         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5026         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5027         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5028         normally).
5029         """
5030         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5031
5032     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5033         """
5034         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5035
5036         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5037         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5038         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5039         codes.
5040
5041         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5042         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5043         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5044         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5045         """
5046         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5047
5048     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5049         """
5050         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5051
5052         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5053         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5054         """
5055         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5056
5057     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5058     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5059         """
5060         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5061
5062         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5063         build of wxPython.
5064         """
5065         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5066
5067     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5068         """
5069         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5070
5071         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5072         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5073         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5074         ports.
5075         """
5076         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5077
5078     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5079         """
5080         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5081
5082         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5083         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5084         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5085         """
5086         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5087
5088     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5089         """
5090         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5091
5092         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5093         """
5094         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5095
5096     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5097         """
5098         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5099
5100         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5101         """
5102         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5103
5104     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5105         """
5106         GetX(self) -> int
5107
5108         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5109         applicable.
5110         """
5111         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5112
5113     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5114         """
5115         GetY(self) -> int
5116
5117         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5118         applicable.
5119         """
5120         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5121
5122     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5123     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5124     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5125     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5126     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5127     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5128     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5129     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5130     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5131     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5132     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5133     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5134     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5135     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5136     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5137     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5138     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5139     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5140 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5141
5142 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5143
5144 class SizeEvent(Event):
5145     """
5146     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5147     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5148     been resized.
5149
5150     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5151     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5152     application.
5153
5154     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5155     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5156     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5157     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5158     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5159     invalidate the entire window.
5160
5161     """
5162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5165         """
5166         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5167
5168         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5169         """
5170         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5171     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5172         """
5173         GetSize(self) -> Size
5174
5175         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5176         event.
5177         """
5178         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5179
5180     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5181         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5182         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5183
5184     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5185         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5186         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5187
5188     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5189         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5190         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5191
5192     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5193     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5194     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5195     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5196 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5197
5198 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5199
5200 class MoveEvent(Event):
5201     """
5202     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5203     moved to a new position.
5204     """
5205     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5206     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5207     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5208         """
5209         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5210
5211         Constructor.
5212         """
5213         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5214     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5215         """
5216         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5217
5218         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5219         """
5220         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5221
5222     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5223         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5224         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5225
5226     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5227         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5228         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5229
5230     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5231         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5232         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5233
5234     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5235     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5236
5237     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5238     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5239 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5240
5241 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5242
5243 class PaintEvent(Event):
5244     """
5245     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5246     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5247     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5248     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5249     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5250
5251     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5252     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5253     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5254     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5255     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5256     scrolled units.
5257
5258     """
5259     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5260     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5261     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5262         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5263         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5264 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5265
5266 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5267     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5268     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5269     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5270     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5271         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5272         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5273 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5274
5275 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5276
5277 class EraseEvent(Event):
5278     """
5279     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5280     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5281     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5282     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5283
5284     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5285     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5286     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5287
5288     """
5289     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5290     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5291     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5292         """
5293         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5294
5295         Constructor
5296         """
5297         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5298     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5299         """
5300         GetDC(self) -> DC
5301
5302         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5303         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5304         that instead.
5305         """
5306         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5307
5308     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5309 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5310
5311 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5312
5313 class FocusEvent(Event):
5314     """
5315     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5316     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5317     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5318
5319     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5320     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5321     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5322
5323     """
5324     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5325     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5326     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5327         """
5328         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5329
5330         Constructor
5331         """
5332         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5333     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5334         """
5335         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5336
5337         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5338         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5339         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5340
5341         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5342         """
5343         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5344
5345     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5346         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5347         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5348
5349     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5350 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5351
5352 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5353
5354 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5355     """
5356     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5357     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5358     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5359
5360     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5361     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5362     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5363     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5364     """
5365     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5366     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5367     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5368         """
5369         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5370
5371         Constructor
5372         """
5373         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5374     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5375         """
5376         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5377
5378         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5379         focus.
5380         """
5381         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5382
5383     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5384 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5385
5386 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5387
5388 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5389     """
5390     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5391     application is being activated or deactivated.
5392
5393     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5394     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5395     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5396     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5397     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5398     application frames being inactive.
5399
5400     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5401     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5402     doing so can result in strange effects.
5403
5404     """
5405     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5406     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5407     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5408         """
5409         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5410
5411         Constructor
5412         """
5413         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5414     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5415         """
5416         GetActive(self) -> bool
5417
5418         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5419         otherwise.
5420         """
5421         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5422
5423     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5424 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5425
5426 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5427
5428 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5429     """
5430     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5431     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5432     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5433     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5434     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5435     """
5436     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5437     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5438     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5439         """
5440         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5441
5442         Constructor
5443         """
5444         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5445 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5446
5447 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5448
5449 class MenuEvent(Event):
5450     """
5451     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5452     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5453     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5454
5455     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5456     text in the first field of the status bar.
5457     """
5458     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5459     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5460     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5461         """
5462         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5463
5464         Constructor
5465         """
5466         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5467     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5468         """
5469         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5470
5471         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5472         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5473         """
5474         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5475
5476     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5477         """
5478         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5479
5480         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5481         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5482         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5483         """
5484         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5485
5486     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5487         """
5488         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5489
5490         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5491         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5492         """
5493         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5494
5495     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5496     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5497 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5498
5499 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5500
5501 class CloseEvent(Event):
5502     """
5503     This event class contains information about window and session close
5504     events.
5505
5506     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5507     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5508     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5509     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5510     function.
5511
5512     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5513     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5514     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5515     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5516     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5517     files or to cancel the close.
5518
5519     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5520     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5521     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5522     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5523     """
5524     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5525     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5526     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5527         """
5528         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5529
5530         Constructor.
5531         """
5532         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5533     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5534         """
5535         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5536
5537         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5538         """
5539         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5540
5541     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5542         """
5543         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5544
5545         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5546         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5547         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5548         window event.
5549         """
5550         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5551
5552     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5553         """
5554         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5555
5556         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5557         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5558
5559         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5560         """
5561         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5562
5563     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5564         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5565         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5566
5567     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5568         """
5569         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5570
5571         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5572         """
5573         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5574
5575     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5576         """
5577         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5578
5579         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5580         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5581         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5582         must be called to check this.
5583         """
5584         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5585
5586     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5587 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5588
5589 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5590
5591 class ShowEvent(Event):
5592     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5593     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5594     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5595     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5596         """
5597         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5598
5599         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5600         """
5601         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5602     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5603         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5604         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5605
5606     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5607         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5608         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5609
5610     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5611 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5612
5613 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5614
5615 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5616     """
5617     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5618     restored.
5619     """
5620     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5621     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5622     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5623         """
5624         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5625
5626         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5627         restored.
5628         """
5629         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5630     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5631         """
5632         Iconized(self) -> bool
5633
5634         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5635         been restored.
5636         """
5637         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5638
5639 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5640
5641 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5642
5643 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5644     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5645     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5646     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5647     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5648         """
5649         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5650
5651         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5652         """
5653         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5654 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5655
5656 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5657
5658 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5659     """
5660     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5661     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5662     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5663     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5664
5665     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5666     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5667     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5668     dropping files.
5669
5670     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5671     events.
5672
5673     """
5674     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5675     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5676     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5677     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5678         """
5679         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5680
5681         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5682         """
5683         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5684
5685     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5686         """
5687         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5688
5689         Returns the number of files dropped.
5690         """
5691         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5692
5693     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5694         """
5695         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5696
5697         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5698         """
5699         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5700
5701     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5702     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5703     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5704 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5705
5706 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5707
5708 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5709 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5710 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5711     """
5712     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5713     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5714     interface elements.
5715
5716     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5717     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5718     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5719     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5720     menu item or button.
5721
5722     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5723     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5724     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5725     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5726     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5727     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5728     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5729
5730     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5731     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5732     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5733     update.
5734
5735     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5736     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5737     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5738
5739     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5740     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5741
5742        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5743           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5744           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5745           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5746           events.
5747
5748        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5749           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5750           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5751           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5752           delay before windows are updated.
5753
5754     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5755     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5756     from an internal idle handler.
5757
5758     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5759     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5760     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5761
5762     """
5763     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5764     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5765     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5766         """
5767         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5768
5769         Constructor
5770         """
5771         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5772     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5773         """
5774         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5775
5776         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5777         """
5778         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5779
5780     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5781         """
5782         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5783
5784         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5785         """
5786         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5787
5788     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5789         """
5790         GetShown(self) -> bool
5791
5792         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5793         """
5794         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5795
5796     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5797         """
5798         GetText(self) -> String
5799
5800         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5801         """
5802         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5803
5804     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5805         """
5806         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5807
5808         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5809         wxWidgets internal use only.
5810         """
5811         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5812
5813     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5814         """
5815         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5816
5817         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5818         internal use only.
5819         """
5820         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5821
5822     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5823         """
5824         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5825
5826         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5827         internal use only.
5828         """
5829         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5830
5831     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5832         """
5833         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5834
5835         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5836         internal use only.
5837         """
5838         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5839
5840     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5841         """
5842         Check(self, bool check)
5843
5844         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5845         """
5846         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5847
5848     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5849         """
5850         Enable(self, bool enable)
5851
5852         Enable or disable the UI element.
5853         """
5854         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5855
5856     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5857         """
5858         Show(self, bool show)
5859
5860         Show or hide the UI element.
5861         """
5862         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5863
5864     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5865         """
5866         SetText(self, String text)
5867
5868         Sets the text for this UI element.
5869         """
5870         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5871
5872     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5873         """
5874         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5875
5876         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5877         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5878         default is 0.
5879
5880         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5881         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5882         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5883         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5884         about to be shown.
5885         """
5886         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5887
5888     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5889     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5890         """
5891         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5892
5893         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5894         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5895         """
5896         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5897
5898     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5899     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5900         """
5901         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5902
5903         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5904         to) this window.
5905
5906         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5907         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5908         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5909         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5910         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5911         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5912         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5913         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5914         interval.
5915
5916         """
5917         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5918
5919     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5920     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5921         """
5922         ResetUpdateTime()
5923
5924         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5925         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5926         is called at the end of idle processing.
5927         """
5928         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5929
5930     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5931     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5932         """
5933         SetMode(int mode)
5934
5935         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5936         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5937
5938         The mode may be one of the following values:
5939
5940             =============================   ==========================================
5941             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5942                                             is the default setting.
5943             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5944                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5945                                             style set.
5946             =============================   ==========================================
5947
5948         """
5949         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5950
5951     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5952     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5953         """
5954         GetMode() -> int
5955
5956         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5957         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5958         events.
5959         """
5960         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5961
5962     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5963     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
5964     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
5965     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
5966     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
5967 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5968
5969 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5970   """
5971     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5972
5973     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5974     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5975     default is 0.
5976
5977     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5978     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5979     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5980     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5981     about to be shown.
5982     """
5983   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5984
5985 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5986   """
5987     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5988
5989     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5990     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5991     """
5992   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5993
5994 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5995   """
5996     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5997
5998     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5999     to) this window.
6000
6001     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6002     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6003     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6004     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6005     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6006     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6007     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6008     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6009     interval.
6010
6011     """
6012   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6013
6014 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6015   """
6016     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6017
6018     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6019     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6020     is called at the end of idle processing.
6021     """
6022   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6023
6024 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6025   """
6026     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6027
6028     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6029     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6030
6031     The mode may be one of the following values:
6032
6033         =============================   ==========================================
6034         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6035                                         is the default setting.
6036         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6037                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6038                                         style set.
6039         =============================   ==========================================
6040
6041     """
6042   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6043
6044 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6045   """
6046     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6047
6048     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6049     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6050     events.
6051     """
6052   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6053
6054 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6055
6056 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6057     """
6058     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6059     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6060     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6061
6062     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6063     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6064     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6065     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6066     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6067
6068     """
6069     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6070     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6071     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6072         """
6073         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6074
6075         Constructor
6076         """
6077         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6078 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6079
6080 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6081
6082 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6083     """
6084     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6085     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6086     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6087     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6088     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6089
6090     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6091     """
6092     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6093     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6094     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6095         """
6096         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6097
6098         Constructor
6099         """
6100         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6101     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6102         """
6103         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6104
6105         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6106         non-wxWidgets window.
6107         """
6108         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6109
6110     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6111 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6112
6113 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6114
6115 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6116     """
6117     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6118     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6119     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6120     the mouse.
6121
6122     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6123     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6124     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6125     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6126     ReleaseMouse.
6127
6128     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6129
6130     """
6131     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6132     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6133     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6134         """
6135         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6136
6137         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6138         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6139         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6140         the mouse.
6141
6142         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6143         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6144         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6145         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6146         ReleaseMouse.
6147
6148         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6149
6150         """
6151         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6152 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6153
6154 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6155
6156 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6157     """
6158     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6159     resolution has changed.
6160
6161     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6162     """
6163     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6164     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6165     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6166         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6167         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6168 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6169
6170 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6171
6172 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6173     """
6174     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6175     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6176     match.
6177
6178     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6179     """
6180     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6181     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6182     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6183         """
6184         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6185
6186         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6187         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6188         match.
6189
6190         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6191         """
6192         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6193     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6194         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6195         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6196
6197     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6198         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6199         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6200
6201     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6202 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6203
6204 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6205
6206 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6207     """
6208     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6209     focus and should re-do its palette.
6210
6211     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6212     """
6213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6216         """
6217         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6218
6219         Constructor.
6220         """
6221         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6222     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6223         """
6224         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6225
6226         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6227         """
6228         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6229
6230     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6231         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6232         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6233
6234     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6235 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6236
6237 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6238
6239 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6240     """
6241     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6242     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6243     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6244     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6245     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6246     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6247     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6248     """
6249     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6250     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6251     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6252         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6253         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6254     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6255         """
6256         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6257
6258         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6259         """
6260         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6261
6262     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6263         """
6264         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6265
6266         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6267         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6268         """
6269         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6270
6271     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6272         """
6273         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6274
6275         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6276         """
6277         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6278
6279     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6280         """
6281         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6282
6283         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6284         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6285         by using Control-Tab.
6286         """
6287         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6288
6289     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6290         """
6291         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6292
6293         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6294         key.
6295         """
6296         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6297
6298     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6299         """
6300         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6301
6302         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6303         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6304         """
6305         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6306
6307     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6308         """
6309         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6310
6311         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6312
6313             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6314             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6315             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6316             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6317
6318         """
6319         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6320
6321     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6322         """
6323         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6324
6325         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6326         ``None``.
6327         """
6328         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6329
6330     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6331         """
6332         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6333
6334         Set the window that has the focus.
6335         """
6336         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6337
6338     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6339     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6340     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6341     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6342     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6343     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6344 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6345
6346 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6347
6348 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6349     """
6350     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6351     underlying GUI object) exists.
6352     """
6353     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6354     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6355     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6356         """
6357         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6358
6359         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6360         underlying GUI object) exists.
6361         """
6362         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6363     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6364         """
6365         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6366
6367         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6368         """
6369         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6370
6371     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6372 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6373
6374 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6375     """
6376     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6377     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6378
6379     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6380     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6381     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6382     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6383     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6384     notification of the destruction of another window.
6385     """
6386     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6387     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6388     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6389         """
6390         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6391
6392         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6393         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6394
6395         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6396         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6397         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6398         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6399         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6400         notification of the destruction of another window.
6401         """
6402         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6403     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6404         """
6405         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6406
6407         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6408         """
6409         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6410
6411     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6412 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6413
6414 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6415
6416 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6417     """
6418     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6419     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6420     """
6421     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6422     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6423     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6424         """
6425         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6426
6427         Constructor.
6428         """
6429         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6430     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6431         """
6432         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6433
6434         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6435         be shown.
6436         """
6437         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6438
6439     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6440         """
6441         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6442
6443         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6444         """
6445         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6446
6447     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6448 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6449
6450 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6451
6452 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6453 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6454 class IdleEvent(Event):
6455     """
6456     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6457     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6458     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6459     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6460     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6461     events and then becomes empty again.
6462
6463     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6464     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6465     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6466     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6467     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6468     to those windows and not to any others.
6469     """
6470     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6471     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6472     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6473         """
6474         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6475
6476         Constructor
6477         """
6478         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6479     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6480         """
6481         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6482
6483         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6484         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6485         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6486         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6487         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6488         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6489         system.
6490         """
6491         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6492
6493     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6494         """
6495         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6496
6497         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6498         requested more processing time.
6499         """
6500         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6501
6502     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6503         """
6504         SetMode(int mode)
6505
6506         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6507         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6508         events.
6509
6510         The mode can be one of the following values:
6511
6512             =========================   ========================================
6513             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6514             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6515                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6516                                         flag set.
6517             =========================   ========================================
6518
6519         """
6520         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6521
6522     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6523     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6524         """
6525         GetMode() -> int
6526
6527         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6528         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6529         will process the events.
6530         """
6531         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6532
6533     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6534     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6535         """
6536         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6537
6538         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6539         window.
6540
6541         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6542         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6543         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6544         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6545         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6546         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6547         """
6548         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6549
6550     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6551 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6552
6553 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6554   """
6555     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6556
6557     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6558     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6559     events.
6560
6561     The mode can be one of the following values:
6562
6563         =========================   ========================================
6564         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6565         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6566                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6567                                     flag set.
6568         =========================   ========================================
6569
6570     """
6571   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6572
6573 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6574   """
6575     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6576
6577     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6578     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6579     will process the events.
6580     """
6581   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6582
6583 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6584   """
6585     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6586
6587     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6588     window.
6589
6590     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6591     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6592     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6593     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6594     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6595     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6596     """
6597   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6598
6599 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6600
6601 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6602     """
6603     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6604     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6605     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6606     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6607     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6608     """
6609     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6610     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6611     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6612         """
6613         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6614
6615         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6616         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6617         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6618         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6619         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6620         """
6621         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6622 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6623
6624 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6625
6626 class PyEvent(Event):
6627     """
6628     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6629     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6630     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6631     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6632     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6633
6634     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6635
6636     """
6637     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6638     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6639     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6640         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6641         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6642         self._SetSelf(self)
6643
6644     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6645     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6646     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6647         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6648         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6649
6650     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6651         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6652         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6653
6654 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6655
6656 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6657     """
6658     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6659     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6660     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6661     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6662     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6663     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6664
6665     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6666
6667     """
6668     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6669     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6670     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6671         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6672         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6673         self._SetSelf(self)
6674
6675     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6676     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6677     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6678         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6679         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6680
6681     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6682         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6683         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6684
6685 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6686
6687 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6688     """
6689     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6690     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6691     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6692     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6693     """
6694     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6695     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6696     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6697         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6698         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6699     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6700         """
6701         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6702
6703         Returns the date.
6704         """
6705         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6706
6707     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6708         """
6709         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6710
6711         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6712         internally.
6713         """
6714         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6715
6716     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6717 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6718
6719 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6720 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6721
6722 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6723
6724 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6725 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6726 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6727 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6728 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6729 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6730 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6731     """
6732     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6733     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6734     """
6735     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6736     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6737     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6738         """
6739         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6740
6741         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6742         """
6743         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6744         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6745         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6746
6747     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6748     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6749     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6750         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6751         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6752
6753     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6754         """
6755         GetAppName(self) -> String
6756
6757         Get the application name.
6758         """
6759         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6760
6761     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6762         """
6763         SetAppName(self, String name)
6764
6765         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6766         `wx.Config` and such.
6767         """
6768         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6769
6770     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6771         """
6772         GetClassName(self) -> String
6773
6774         Get the application's class name.
6775         """
6776         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6777
6778     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6779         """
6780         SetClassName(self, String name)
6781
6782         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6783         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6784         """
6785         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6786
6787     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6788         """
6789         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6790
6791         Get the application's vendor name.
6792         """
6793         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6794
6795     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6796         """
6797         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6798
6799         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6800         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6801         """
6802         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6803
6804     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6805         """
6806         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6807
6808         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6809         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6810         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6811         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6812         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6813         differences behind the common facade.
6814
6815         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6816         """
6817         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6818
6819     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6820         """
6821         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6822
6823         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6824         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6825         during each event loop iteration.
6826         """
6827         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6828
6829     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6830         """
6831         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6832
6833         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6834         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6835         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6836
6837         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6838               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6839               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6840               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6841
6842         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6843
6844         """
6845         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6846
6847     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6848         """
6849         WakeUpIdle(self)
6850
6851         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6852         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6853         """
6854         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6855
6856     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6857         """
6858         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6859
6860         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6861         currently be dispatched.
6862         """
6863         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6864
6865     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6866     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6867         """
6868         MainLoop(self) -> int
6869
6870         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6871         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6872         """
6873         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6874
6875     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6876         """
6877         Exit(self)
6878
6879         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6880         :see: `wx.Exit`
6881         """
6882         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6883
6884     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6885         """
6886         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
6887
6888         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
6889         """
6890         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6891
6892     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6893         """
6894         ExitMainLoop(self)
6895
6896         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6897         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6898         """
6899         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6900
6901     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6902         """
6903         Pending(self) -> bool
6904
6905         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6906         """
6907         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6908
6909     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6910         """
6911         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6912
6913         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6914         appears if there are none currently)
6915         """
6916         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6917
6918     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6919         """
6920         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6921
6922         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6923         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6924         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6925         """
6926         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6927
6928     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6929         """
6930         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6931
6932         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6933         idle time is requested.
6934         """
6935         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6936
6937     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6938         """
6939         IsActive(self) -> bool
6940
6941         Return True if our app has focus.
6942         """
6943         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6944
6945     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6946         """
6947         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6948
6949         Set the *main* top level window
6950         """
6951         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6952
6953     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6954         """
6955         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6956
6957         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6958         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6959         there not any, will return None)
6960         """
6961         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6962
6963     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6964         """
6965         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6966
6967         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6968         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6969         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6970         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6971         explicitly from somewhere.
6972         """
6973         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6974
6975     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6976         """
6977         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6978
6979         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6980         """
6981         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6982
6983     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6984         """
6985         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6986
6987         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6988         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6989         """
6990         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6991
6992     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6993         """
6994         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6995
6996         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6997         """
6998         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6999
7000     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7001         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7002         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7003
7004     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7005         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7006         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7007
7008     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7009         """
7010         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7011
7012         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7013         """
7014         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7015
7016     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7017         """
7018         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7019
7020         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7021         """
7022         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7023
7024     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7025         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7026         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7027
7028     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7029     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7030         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7031         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7032
7033     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7034     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7035         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7036         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7037
7038     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7039     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7040         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7041         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7042
7043     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7044     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7045         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7046         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7047
7048     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7049     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7050         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7051         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7052
7053     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7054     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7055         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7056         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7057
7058     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7059     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7060         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7061         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7062
7063     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7064     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7065         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7066         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7067
7068     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7069     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7070         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7071         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7072
7073     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7074     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7075         """
7076         _BootstrapApp(self)
7077
7078         For internal use only
7079         """
7080         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7081
7082     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7083         """
7084         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7085
7086         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7087         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7088         """
7089         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7090
7091     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7092     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7093         """
7094         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7095
7096         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7097         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7098
7099            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7100              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7101              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7102
7103            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7104              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7105              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7106              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7107
7108            * On MS Windows...
7109
7110         """
7111         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7112
7113     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7114     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7115     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7116     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7117     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7118     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7119     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7120     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7121     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7122     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7123     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7124     Active = property(IsActive)
7125 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7126
7127 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7128   """
7129     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7130
7131     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7132     currently be dispatched.
7133     """
7134   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7135
7136 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7137   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7138   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7139
7140 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7141   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7142   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7143
7144 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7145   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7146   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7147
7148 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7149   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7150   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7151
7152 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7153   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7154   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7155
7156 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7157   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7158   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7159
7160 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7161   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7162   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7163
7164 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7165   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7166   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7167
7168 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7169   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7170   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7171
7172 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7173   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7174   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7175
7176 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7177   """
7178     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7179
7180     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7181     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7182     """
7183   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7184
7185 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7186   """
7187     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7188
7189     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7190     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7191
7192        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7193          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7194          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7195
7196        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7197          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7198          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7199          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7200
7201        * On MS Windows...
7202
7203     """
7204   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7205
7206 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7207
7208
7209 def Exit(*args):
7210   """
7211     Exit()
7212
7213     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7214     """
7215   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7216
7217 def Yield(*args):
7218   """
7219     Yield() -> bool
7220
7221     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7222     """
7223   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7224
7225 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7226   """
7227     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7228
7229     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7230     """
7231   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7232
7233 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7234   """
7235     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7236
7237     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7238     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7239     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7240     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7241     interaction.
7242
7243     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7244     """
7245   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7246
7247 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7248   """
7249     WakeUpIdle()
7250
7251     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7252     sent.
7253     """
7254   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7255
7256 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7257   """
7258     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7259
7260     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7261     later.
7262     """
7263   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7264
7265 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7266   """
7267     App_CleanUp()
7268
7269     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7270     Python shuts down.
7271     """
7272   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7273
7274 def GetApp(*args):
7275   """
7276     GetApp() -> PyApp
7277
7278     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7279     """
7280   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7281
7282 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7283   """
7284     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7285
7286     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7287     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7288
7289     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7290     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7291     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7292     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7293     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7294     """
7295   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7296
7297 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7298   """
7299     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7300
7301     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7302     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7303     """
7304   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7305 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7306
7307 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7308     """
7309     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7310     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7311     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7312     and write the text there.
7313     """
7314     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7315         self.frame  = None
7316         self.title  = title
7317         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7318         self.size   = (450, 300)
7319         self.parent = None
7320
7321     def SetParent(self, parent):
7322         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7323         self.parent = parent
7324
7325
7326     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7327         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7328                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7329         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7330                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7331         self.text.AppendText(st)
7332         self.frame.Show(True)
7333         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7334
7335
7336     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7337         if self.frame is not None:
7338             self.frame.Destroy()
7339         self.frame = None
7340         self.text  = None
7341
7342
7343     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7344     def write(self, text):
7345         """
7346         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7347         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7348         CallAfter to do the work there.
7349         """
7350         if self.frame is None:
7351             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7352                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7353             else:
7354                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7355         else:
7356             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7357                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7358             else:
7359                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7360
7361
7362     def close(self):
7363         if self.frame is not None:
7364             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7365
7366
7367     def flush(self):
7368         pass
7369
7370
7371
7372 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7373
7374 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7375
7376 class App(wx.PyApp):
7377     """
7378     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7379
7380       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7381         gui toolkit
7382       * set and get application-wide properties
7383       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7384         and to dispatch events to window instances
7385       * etc.
7386
7387     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7388     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7389     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7390     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7391
7392     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7393     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7394     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7395
7396     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7397            directly.
7398     """
7399
7400     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7401
7402     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7403                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7404         """
7405         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7406
7407         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7408             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7409             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7410             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7411             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7412             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7413             class of your choosing.)
7414
7415         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7416             redirect is True.
7417
7418         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7419             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7420             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7421             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7422             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7423             toolkit is initialized.
7424
7425         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7426             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7427             GUI apps will.
7428
7429         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7430             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7431             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7432         """
7433
7434         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7435
7436         # make sure we can create a GUI
7437         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7438
7439             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7440                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7441 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7442 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7443
7444             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7445                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7446
7447             else:
7448                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7449                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7450
7451             raise SystemExit(msg)
7452
7453         # This has to be done before OnInit
7454         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7455
7456         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7457         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7458         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7459         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7460         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7461         # expected (depending on platform.)
7462         if clearSigInt:
7463             try:
7464                 import signal
7465                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7466             except:
7467                 pass
7468
7469         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7470         self.stdioWin = None
7471         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7472         if redirect:
7473             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7474
7475         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7476         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7477
7478         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7479         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7480         self._BootstrapApp()
7481
7482
7483     def OnPreInit(self):
7484         """
7485         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7486         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7487         that OnInit is called.
7488         """
7489         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7490
7491
7492     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7493         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7494         destroy(self)
7495
7496     def Destroy(self):
7497         self.this.own(False)
7498         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7499
7500     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7501         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7502         if self.stdioWin:
7503             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7504         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7505
7506
7507     def MainLoop(self):
7508         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7509         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7510         self.RestoreStdio()
7511
7512
7513     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7514         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7515         if filename:
7516             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7517         else:
7518             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7519             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7520
7521
7522     def RestoreStdio(self):
7523         try:
7524             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7525         except:
7526             pass
7527
7528
7529     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7530         """
7531         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7532         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7533         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7534         """
7535         if self.stdioWin:
7536             if title is not None:
7537                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7538             if pos is not None:
7539                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7540             if size is not None:
7541                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7547 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7548 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7549 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7550 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7551 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7552 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7553 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7554 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7555 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7556 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7557 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7558
7559 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7560
7561 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7562     """
7563     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7564     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7565     about OnInit.  For example::
7566
7567         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7568         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7569         frame.Show()
7570         app.MainLoop()
7571
7572     :see: `wx.App`
7573     """
7574
7575     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7576                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7577         """
7578         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7579         """
7580         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7581
7582     def OnInit(self):
7583         return True
7584
7585
7586
7587 # Is anybody using this one?
7588 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7589     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7590         self.size = size
7591         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7592
7593     def OnInit(self):
7594         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7595         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7596         return True
7597
7598     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7599         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7600         self.frame.Show(True)
7601
7602 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7603 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7604 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7605 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7606 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7607
7608 class __wxPyCleanup:
7609     def __init__(self):
7610         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7611     def __del__(self):
7612         self.cleanup()
7613
7614 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7615
7616 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7617 ## import atexit
7618 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7619
7620
7621 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7622
7623 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7624
7625 class EventLoop(object):
7626     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7627     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7628     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7629     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7630         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7631         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7632     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7633     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7634     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7635         """Run(self) -> int"""
7636         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7637
7638     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7639         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7640         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7641
7642     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7643         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7644         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7645
7646     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7647         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7648         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7649
7650     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7651         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7652         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7653
7654     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7655         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7656         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7657
7658     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7659     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7660         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7661         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7662
7663     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7664 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7665
7666 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7667   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7668   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7669
7670 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7671   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7672   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7673
7674 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7675     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7676     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7677     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7678     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7679         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7680         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7681     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7682     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7683 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7684
7685 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7686
7687 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7688 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7689 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7690 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7691 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7692 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7693     """
7694     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7695     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7696     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7697     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7698
7699     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7700     """
7701     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7702     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7703     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7704         """
7705         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7706
7707         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7708         """
7709         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7710     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7711     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7712     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7713         """
7714         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7715
7716         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7717         :see `__init__`
7718         """
7719         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7720
7721     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7722         """
7723         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7724
7725         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7726         it coulnd't be parsed.
7727         """
7728         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7729
7730     Create = staticmethod(Create)
7731     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7732         """
7733         GetFlags(self) -> int
7734
7735         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7736         """
7737         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7738
7739     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7740         """
7741         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7742
7743         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7744         """
7745         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7746
7747     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7748         """
7749         GetCommand(self) -> int
7750
7751         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7752         """
7753         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7754
7755     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7756         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7757         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7758
7759     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
7760         """
7761         ToString(self) -> String
7762
7763         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
7764         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
7765         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
7766
7767         """
7768         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
7769
7770     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
7771         """
7772         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
7773
7774         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
7775         """
7776         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
7777
7778     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
7779     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
7780     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
7781 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7782
7783 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
7784   """
7785     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7786
7787     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7788     it coulnd't be parsed.
7789     """
7790   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7791
7792 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7793     """
7794     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7795     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7796     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7797     supported.
7798     """
7799     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7800     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7801     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7802         """
7803         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7804
7805         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7806         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7807
7808         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7809         """
7810         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7811     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7812     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7813     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7814         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7815         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7816
7817     Ok = IsOk
7818 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7819
7820
7821 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7822   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7823   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7824 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7825
7826 class VisualAttributes(object):
7827     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7828     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7829     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7830     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7831         """
7832         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7833
7834         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7835         """
7836         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7837     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7838     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7839     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7840     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7841     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7842 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7843 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7844 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7845
7846 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7847 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7848 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7849 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7850 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7851 class Window(EvtHandler):
7852     """
7853     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7854     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7855     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7856     appear on screen themselves.
7857
7858     """
7859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7862         """
7863         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7864             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7865
7866         Construct and show a generic Window.
7867         """
7868         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7869         self._setOORInfo(self)
7870
7871     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7872         """
7873         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7874             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7875
7876         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7877         """
7878         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7879
7880     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7881         """
7882         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7883
7884         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7885         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7886         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7887         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7888         """
7889         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7890
7891     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7892         """
7893         Destroy(self) -> bool
7894
7895         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7896         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7897         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7898         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7899         non-existent windows.
7900
7901         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7902         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7903         """
7904         args[0].this.own(False)
7905         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7906
7907     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7908         """
7909         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7910
7911         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7912         destructor.
7913         """
7914         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7915
7916     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7917         """
7918         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7919
7920         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7921         """
7922         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7923
7924     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7925         """
7926         SetLabel(self, String label)
7927
7928         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7929         """
7930         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7931
7932     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7933         """
7934         GetLabel(self) -> String
7935
7936         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7937         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7938         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7939         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7940         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7941         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7942         """
7943         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7944
7945     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7946         """
7947         SetName(self, String name)
7948
7949         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7950         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7951         """
7952         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7953
7954     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7955         """
7956         GetName(self) -> String
7957
7958         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7959         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7960         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7961         """
7962         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7963
7964     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7965         """
7966         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7967
7968         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7969         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7970         """
7971         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7972
7973     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7974         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7975         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7976
7977     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7978         """
7979         SetId(self, int winid)
7980
7981         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7982         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7983         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7984         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7985         """
7986         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7987
7988     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7989         """
7990         GetId(self) -> int
7991
7992         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7993         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7994         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7995         generated.
7996         """
7997         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7998
7999     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8000         """
8001         NewControlId() -> int
8002
8003         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8004         """
8005         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8006
8007     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8008     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8009         """
8010         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8011
8012         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8013         autogenerated) id
8014         """
8015         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8016
8017     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8018     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8019         """
8020         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8021
8022         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8023         autogenerated) id
8024         """
8025         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8026
8027     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8028     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8029         """
8030         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8031
8032         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8033         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8034         """
8035         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8036
8037     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8038         """
8039         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8040
8041         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8042         """
8043         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8044
8045     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8046         """
8047         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8048
8049         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8050         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8051         """
8052         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8053
8054     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8055         """
8056         SetSize(self, Size size)
8057
8058         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8059         """
8060         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8061
8062     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8063         """
8064         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8065
8066         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8067         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8068         equal to -1.
8069
8070             ========================  ======================================
8071             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8072                                       default should be used.
8073             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8074                                       -1 values are supplied.
8075             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8076                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8077                                       default values.
8078             ========================  ======================================
8079
8080         """
8081         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8082
8083     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8084         """
8085         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8086
8087         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8088         """
8089         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8090
8091     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8092         """
8093         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8094
8095         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8096         """
8097         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8098
8099     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8100         """
8101         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8102
8103         Moves the window to the given position.
8104         """
8105         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8106
8107     SetPosition = Move
8108     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8109         """
8110         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8111
8112         Moves the window to the given position.
8113         """
8114         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8115
8116     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8117         """
8118         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8119
8120         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8121         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8122         """
8123         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8124
8125     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8126         """
8127         Raise(self)
8128
8129         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8130         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8131         """
8132         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8133
8134     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8135         """
8136         Lower(self)
8137
8138         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8139         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8140         """
8141         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8142
8143     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8144         """
8145         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8146
8147         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8148         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8149         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8150         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8151         around panel items, for example.
8152         """
8153         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8154
8155     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8156         """
8157         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8158
8159         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8160         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8161         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8162         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8163         around panel items, for example.
8164         """
8165         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8166
8167     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8168         """
8169         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8170
8171         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8172         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8173         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8174         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8175         around panel items, for example.
8176         """
8177         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8178
8179     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8180         """
8181         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8182
8183         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8184         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8185         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8186         kinds of windows.
8187         """
8188         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8189
8190     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8191         """
8192         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8193
8194         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8195         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8196         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8197         kinds of windows.
8198         """
8199         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8200
8201     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8202         """
8203         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8204
8205         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8206         """
8207         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8208
8209     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8210         """
8211         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8212
8213         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8214         """
8215         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8216
8217     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8218         """
8219         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8220
8221         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8222         a `wx.Rect` object.
8223         """
8224         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8225
8226     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8227         """
8228         GetSize(self) -> Size
8229
8230         Get the window size.
8231         """
8232         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8233
8234     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8235         """
8236         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8237
8238         Get the window size.
8239         """
8240         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8241
8242     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8243         """
8244         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8245
8246         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8247         """
8248         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8249
8250     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8251         """
8252         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8253
8254         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8255         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8256         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8257         """
8258         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8259
8260     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8261         """
8262         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8263
8264         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8265         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8266         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8267         """
8268         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8269
8270     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8271         """
8272         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8273
8274         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8275         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8276         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8277         """
8278         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8279
8280     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8281         """
8282         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8283
8284         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8285         """
8286         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8287
8288     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8289         """
8290         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8291
8292         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8293         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8294         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8295         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8296         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8297         after calling Fit.
8298         """
8299         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8300
8301     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8302         """
8303         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8304
8305         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8306         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8307         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8308         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8309         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8310         after calling Fit.
8311         """
8312         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8313
8314     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8315         """
8316         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8317
8318         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8319         time it is needed.
8320         """
8321         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8322
8323     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8324         """
8325         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8326
8327         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8328         some properties of the window change.)
8329         """
8330         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8331
8332     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8333         """
8334         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8335
8336         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8337         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8338         the results.
8339
8340         """
8341         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8342
8343     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8344         """
8345         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8346
8347         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8348         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8349         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8350         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8351         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8352         tolerate.
8353         """
8354         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8355
8356     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8357         """
8358         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8359
8360         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8361         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8362         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8363         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8364         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8365         relative to the screen.
8366         """
8367         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8368
8369     Centre = Center
8370     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8371         """
8372         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8373
8374         Center with respect to the the parent window
8375         """
8376         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8377
8378     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8379     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8380         """
8381         Fit(self)
8382
8383         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8384         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8385         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8386         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8387         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8388         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8389         instead of calling Fit.
8390         """
8391         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8392
8393     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8394         """
8395         FitInside(self)
8396
8397         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8398         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8399         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8400         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8401         anything if there are no subwindows.
8402         """
8403         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8404
8405     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8406         """
8407         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8408             int incH=-1)
8409
8410         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8411         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8412         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8413         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8414         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8415         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8416
8417         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8418         """
8419         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8420
8421     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8422         """
8423         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8424
8425         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8426         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8427         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8428         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8429         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8430         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8431
8432         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8433         """
8434         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8435
8436     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8437         """
8438         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8439
8440         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8441         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8442         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8443         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8444         """
8445         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8446
8447     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8448         """
8449         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8450
8451         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8452         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8453         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8454         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8455         """
8456         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8457
8458     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8459         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8460         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8461
8462     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8463         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8464         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8465
8466     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8467         """
8468         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8469
8470         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8471         min size.
8472         """
8473         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8474
8475     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8476         """
8477         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8478
8479         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8480         max size.
8481         """
8482         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8483
8484     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8485         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8486         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8487
8488     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8489         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8490         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8491
8492     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8493         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8494         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8495
8496     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8497         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8498         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8499
8500     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8501         """
8502         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8503
8504         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8505         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8506         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8507         """
8508         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8509
8510     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8511         """
8512         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8513
8514         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8515         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8516         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8517         """
8518         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8519
8520     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8521         """
8522         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8523
8524         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8525         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8526         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8527         """
8528         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8529
8530     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8531         """
8532         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8533
8534         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8535         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8536         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8537         """
8538         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8539
8540     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8541         """
8542         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8543
8544         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8545         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8546         """
8547         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8548
8549     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8550         """
8551         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8552
8553         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8554         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8555         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8556         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8557         because it already was in the requested state.
8558         """
8559         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8560
8561     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8562         """
8563         Hide(self) -> bool
8564
8565         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8566         """
8567         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8568
8569     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8570         """
8571         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8572
8573         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8574         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8575         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8576         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8577         window had already been in the specified state.
8578         """
8579         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8580
8581     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8582         """
8583         Disable(self) -> bool
8584
8585         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8586         """
8587         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8588
8589     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8590         """
8591         IsShown(self) -> bool
8592
8593         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8594         """
8595         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8596
8597     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8598         """
8599         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8600
8601         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8602         """
8603         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8604
8605     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8606         """
8607         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8608
8609         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8610         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8611         shown as well.
8612         """
8613         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8614
8615     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8616         """
8617         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8618
8619         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8620         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8621         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8622         immediately.
8623         """
8624         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8625
8626     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8627         """
8628         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8629
8630         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8631         method.
8632         """
8633         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8634
8635     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8636     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8637         """
8638         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8639
8640         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8641         """
8642         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8643
8644     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8645         """
8646         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8647
8648         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8649         windows are only available on X platforms.
8650         """
8651         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8652
8653     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8654         """
8655         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8656
8657         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8658         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8659         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8660         """
8661         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8662
8663     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8664         """
8665         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8666
8667         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8668         """
8669         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8670
8671     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8672         """
8673         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8674
8675         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8676         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8677         effect.
8678         """
8679         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8680
8681     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8682         """
8683         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8684
8685         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8686          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8687          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8688          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8689          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8690          user's selected theme.
8691
8692         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8693         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8694         """
8695         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8696
8697     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8698         """
8699         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8700
8701         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8702         """
8703         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8704
8705     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8706         """
8707         SetFocus(self)
8708
8709         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8710         """
8711         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8712
8713     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8714         """
8715         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8716
8717         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8718         only called internally.
8719         """
8720         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8721
8722     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8723         """
8724         FindFocus() -> Window
8725
8726         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8727         or None.
8728         """
8729         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8730
8731     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8732     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8733         """
8734         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8735
8736         Can this window have focus?
8737         """
8738         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8739
8740     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8741         """
8742         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8743
8744         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8745         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8746         it.
8747         """
8748         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8749
8750     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8751         """
8752         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8753
8754         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8755         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8756         """
8757         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8758
8759     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8760         """
8761         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8762
8763         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8764         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8765         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8766
8767         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8768         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8769         windows.
8770
8771         """
8772         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8773
8774     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8775         """
8776         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8777
8778         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8779         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8780         """
8781         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8782
8783     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8784         """
8785         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8786
8787         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8788         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8789         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8790         do not change.
8791         """
8792         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8793
8794     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8795         """
8796         GetParent(self) -> Window
8797
8798         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8799         """
8800         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8801
8802     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8803         """
8804         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8805
8806         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8807         isn't one.
8808         """
8809         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8810
8811     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8812         """
8813         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8814
8815         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8816         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8817         if they have a parent window).
8818         """
8819         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8820
8821     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8822         """
8823         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8824
8825         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8826         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8827         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8828         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8829         oldParent)
8830         """
8831         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8832
8833     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8834         """
8835         AddChild(self, Window child)
8836
8837         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8838         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8839         """
8840         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8841
8842     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8843         """
8844         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8845
8846         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8847         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8848         programmer.
8849         """
8850         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8851
8852     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8853         """
8854         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8855
8856         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8857         """
8858         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8859
8860     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8861         """
8862         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8863
8864         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8865         """
8866         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8867
8868     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8869         """
8870         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8871
8872         Find a child of this window by name
8873         """
8874         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """
8878         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8879
8880         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8881         its own event handler.
8882         """
8883         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8884
8885     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8886         """
8887         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8888
8889         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8890         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
8891         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
8892         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
8893         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
8894         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
8895         classes.
8896
8897         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8898         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8899         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
8900         """
8901         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8902
8903     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8904         """
8905         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8906
8907         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8908         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8909         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
8910         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
8911         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
8912         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
8913         different window classes.
8914
8915         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8916         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8917         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
8918         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
8919         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
8920         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
8921         its Destroy method yourself.
8922         """
8923         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8924
8925     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8926         """
8927         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8928
8929         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8930         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8931         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
8932         """
8933         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8934
8935     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8936         """
8937         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8938
8939         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8940         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
8941         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8942         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8943         there.)
8944         """
8945         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8946
8947     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8948         """
8949         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8950
8951         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8952         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8953         type.
8954         """
8955         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8956
8957     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8958         """
8959         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8960
8961         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8962         there is none.
8963         """
8964         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8965
8966     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8967         """
8968         Validate(self) -> bool
8969
8970         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8971         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8972         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8973         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8974         """
8975         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8976
8977     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8978         """
8979         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8980
8981         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8982         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8983         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8984         all child windows.
8985         """
8986         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8987
8988     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8989         """
8990         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8991
8992         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8993         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8994         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8995         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8996         """
8997         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8998
8999     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9000         """
9001         InitDialog(self)
9002
9003         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9004         to the dialog via validators.
9005         """
9006         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9007
9008     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """
9010         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9011
9012         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9013         """
9014         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9017         """
9018         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9019
9020         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9021         """
9022         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9023
9024     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9025         """
9026         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9027
9028         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9029         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9030         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9031         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9032         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9033         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9034         hotkey was registered successfully.
9035         """
9036         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9037
9038     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9039         """
9040         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9041
9042         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9043         """
9044         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9045
9046     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9047         """
9048         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9049
9050         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9051         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9052         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9053         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9054         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9055         then divided by 8.
9056         """
9057         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9058
9059     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9060         """
9061         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9062
9063         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9064         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9065         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9066         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9067         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9068         then divided by 8.
9069         """
9070         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9071
9072     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9073         """
9074         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9075
9076         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9077         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9078         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9079         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9080         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9081         then divided by 8.
9082         """
9083         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9084
9085     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9086         """
9087         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9088
9089         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9090         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9091         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9092         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9093         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9094         then divided by 8.
9095         """
9096         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9097
9098     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9099         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9100         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9101
9102     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9103         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9104         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9105
9106     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9107         """
9108         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9109
9110         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9111
9112         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9113         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9114         """
9115         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9116
9117     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9118         """
9119         CaptureMouse(self)
9120
9121         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9122         release the capture.
9123
9124         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9125         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9126         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9127         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9128         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9129         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9130
9131         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9132         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9133         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9134         recapture mouse.
9135         """
9136         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9137
9138     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9139         """
9140         ReleaseMouse(self)
9141
9142         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9143         """
9144         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9145
9146     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9147         """
9148         GetCapture() -> Window
9149
9150         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9151         """
9152         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9153
9154     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9155     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9156         """
9157         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9158
9159         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9160         """
9161         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9162
9163     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9164         """
9165         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9166
9167         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9168         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9169         to the window.
9170         """
9171         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9172
9173     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9174         """
9175         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9176
9177         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9178         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9179         """
9180         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9181
9182     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9183         """
9184         Update(self)
9185
9186         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9187         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9188         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9189         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9190         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh`
9191         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9192         it) unconditionally.
9193         """
9194         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9195
9196     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9197         """
9198         ClearBackground(self)
9199
9200         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9201         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9202         """
9203         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9204
9205     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9206         """
9207         Freeze(self)
9208
9209         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9210         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9211         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9212         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9213         been undone.
9214
9215         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9216         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9217         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9218         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9219         mandatory directive.
9220         """
9221         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9222
9223     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9224         """
9225         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9226
9227         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9228
9229         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9230         """
9231         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9232
9233     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9234         """
9235         Thaw(self)
9236
9237         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9238         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9239         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9240         """
9241         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9242
9243     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9244         """
9245         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9246
9247         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9248         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9249         scroll position.
9250         """
9251         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9252
9253     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9254         """
9255         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9256
9257         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9258         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9259         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9260         later.
9261         """
9262         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9263
9264     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9265         """
9266         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9267
9268         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9269         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9270         """
9271         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9272
9273     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9274         """
9275         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9276
9277         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9278         """
9279         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9280
9281     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9282         """
9283         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9284
9285         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9286         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9287         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9288         exposed.
9289         """
9290         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9291
9292     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9293         """
9294         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9295
9296         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9297         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9298         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9299         exposed.
9300         """
9301         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9302
9303     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9304         """
9305         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9306
9307         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9308         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9309         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9310         exposed.
9311         """
9312         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9313
9314     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9315         """
9316         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9317
9318         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9319         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9320         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9321         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9322         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9323         """
9324         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9325
9326     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9327         """
9328         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9329
9330         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9331         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9332         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9333         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9334         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9335
9336         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9337         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9338         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9339         this.
9340         """
9341         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9342
9343     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9344     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9345         """
9346         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9347
9348         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9349         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9350         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9351         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9352         to the default background colour.
9353
9354         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9355         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9356         calling this function.
9357
9358         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9359         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9360         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9361         applications on the system.
9362         """
9363         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9364
9365     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9366         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9367         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9368
9369     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9370         """
9371         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9372
9373         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9374         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9375         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9376         not be used at all.
9377         """
9378         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9379
9380     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9381         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9382         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9383
9384     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9385         """
9386         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9387
9388         Returns the background colour of the window.
9389         """
9390         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9391
9392     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9393         """
9394         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9395
9396         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9397         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9398         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9399         """
9400         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9401
9402     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9403         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9404         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9405
9406     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9407         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9408         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9409
9410     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9411         """
9412         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9413
9414         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9415         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9416
9417             ======================  ========================================
9418             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9419                                     be determined by the system
9420             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9421             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9422                                     application.
9423             ======================  ========================================
9424
9425         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9426         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9427         no effect on other platforms.
9428
9429         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9430         """
9431         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9432
9433     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9434         """
9435         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9436
9437         Returns the background style of the window.
9438
9439         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9440         """
9441         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9442
9443     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9444         """
9445         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9446
9447         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9448         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9449         background.
9450
9451         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9452         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9453         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9454         correctly.
9455         """
9456         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9457
9458     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9459         """
9460         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9461
9462         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9463         for the children of the window implicitly.
9464
9465         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9466         be reset back to default.
9467         """
9468         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9469
9470     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9471         """
9472         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9473
9474         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9475         """
9476         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9477
9478     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9479         """
9480         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9481
9482         Sets the font for this window.
9483         """
9484         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9485
9486     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9487         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9488         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9489
9490     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9491         """
9492         GetFont(self) -> Font
9493
9494         Returns the default font used for this window.
9495         """
9496         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9497
9498     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9499         """
9500         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9501
9502         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9503         """
9504         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9505
9506     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9507         """
9508         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9509
9510         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9511         """
9512         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9513
9514     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9515         """
9516         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9517
9518         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9519         """
9520         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9521
9522     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9523         """
9524         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9525
9526         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9527         """
9528         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9529
9530     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9531         """
9532         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9533
9534         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9535         """
9536         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9537
9538     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9539         """
9540         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9541            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9542
9543         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9544         current or specified font.
9545         """
9546         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9547
9548     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9549         """
9550         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9551
9552         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9553         """
9554         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9555
9556     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9557         """
9558         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9559
9560         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9561         """
9562         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9563
9564     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9565         """
9566         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9567
9568         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9569         """
9570         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9571
9572     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9573         """
9574         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9575
9576         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9577         """
9578         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9579
9580     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9581         """
9582         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9583
9584         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9585         """
9586         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9587
9588     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9589         """
9590         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9591
9592         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9593         """
9594         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9595
9596     def GetBorder(*args):
9597         """
9598         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9599         GetBorder(self) -> int
9600
9601         Get border for the flags of this window
9602         """
9603         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9604
9605     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9606         """
9607         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9608
9609         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9610         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9611         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9612         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9613         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9614         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9615         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9616         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9617         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9618         in idle time.
9619         """
9620         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9621
9622     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9623         """
9624         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9625
9626         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9627         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9628         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9629         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9630         mouse cursor will be used.
9631         """
9632         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9633
9634     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9635         """
9636         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9637
9638         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9639         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9640         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9641         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9642         mouse cursor will be used.
9643         """
9644         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9645
9646     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9647         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9648         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9651         """
9652         GetHandle(self) -> long
9653
9654         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9655         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9656         toplevel parent of the window.
9657         """
9658         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9659
9660     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9661         """
9662         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9663
9664         Associate the window with a new native handle
9665         """
9666         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9667
9668     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9669         """
9670         DissociateHandle(self)
9671
9672         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9673         """
9674         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9675
9676     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9677         """
9678         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9679
9680         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9681         """
9682         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9683
9684     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9685         """
9686         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9687             bool refresh=True)
9688
9689         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9690         """
9691         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9692
9693     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9694         """
9695         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9696
9697         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9698         """
9699         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9700
9701     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9702         """
9703         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9704
9705         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9706         """
9707         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9708
9709     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9710         """
9711         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9712
9713         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9714         """
9715         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9716
9717     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9718         """
9719         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9720
9721         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9722         """
9723         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9724
9725     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9726         """
9727         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9728
9729         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9730         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9731         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9732         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9733         """
9734         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9735
9736     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9737         """
9738         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9739
9740         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9741         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9742         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9743         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9744         """
9745         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9746
9747     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9748         """
9749         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9750
9751         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9752         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9753         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9754         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9755         """
9756         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9757
9758     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9759         """
9760         LineUp(self) -> bool
9761
9762         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9763         """
9764         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9765
9766     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9767         """
9768         LineDown(self) -> bool
9769
9770         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9771         """
9772         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9773
9774     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9775         """
9776         PageUp(self) -> bool
9777
9778         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9779         """
9780         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9781
9782     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9783         """
9784         PageDown(self) -> bool
9785
9786         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9787         """
9788         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9789
9790     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9791         """
9792         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9793
9794         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9795         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9796         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9797         """
9798         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9799
9800     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9801         """
9802         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9803
9804         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9805         one.
9806         """
9807         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9808
9809     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9810         """
9811         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9812
9813         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9814
9815         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9816         and this method should return the global window help text then
9817
9818         """
9819         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9820
9821     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9822         """
9823         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9824
9825         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9826         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9827         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9828         """
9829         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9830
9831     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9832         """
9833         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9834
9835         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9836         """
9837         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9838
9839     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9840         """
9841         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9842
9843         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9844         """
9845         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9846
9847     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9848         """
9849         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9850
9851         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9852         """
9853         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9854
9855     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9856         """
9857         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9858
9859         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9860         a drop target, it is deleted.
9861         """
9862         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9863
9864     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9865         """
9866         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9867
9868         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9869         """
9870         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9871
9872     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9873         """
9874         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9875
9876         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9877         Only functional on Windows.
9878         """
9879         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9880
9881     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9882         """
9883         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9884
9885         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9886         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9887         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9888         constraints.
9889
9890         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9891         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9892         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9893         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9894         effect.
9895         """
9896         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9897
9898     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9899         """
9900         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9901
9902         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9903         are none.
9904         """
9905         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9906
9907     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9908         """
9909         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9910
9911         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9912         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9913         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9914         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9915
9916         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9917         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9918         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9919         """
9920         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9921
9922     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9923         """
9924         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9925
9926         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9927         """
9928         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9929
9930     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9931         """
9932         Layout(self) -> bool
9933
9934         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9935         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9936         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9937         handler when the window is resized.
9938         """
9939         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9940
9941     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9942         """
9943         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9944
9945         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9946         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9947         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9948         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9949         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9950         non-None, and False otherwise.
9951         """
9952         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9953
9954     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9955         """
9956         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9957
9958         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9959         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9960         """
9961         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9962
9963     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9964         """
9965         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9966
9967         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9968         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9969         """
9970         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9971
9972     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9973         """
9974         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9975
9976         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9977         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9978         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9979         """
9980         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9981
9982     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9983         """
9984         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9985
9986         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9987         """
9988         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9989
9990     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9991         """
9992         InheritAttributes(self)
9993
9994         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9995         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9996         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9997         colours.
9998
9999         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10000         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10001         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10002         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10003         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10004         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10005         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10006         no matter what and only the font might.
10007
10008         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10009         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10010         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10011         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10012         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10013         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10014         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10015         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10016         parents attributes.
10017
10018         """
10019         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10020
10021     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10022         """
10023         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10024
10025         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10026         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10027         from the parent window.
10028
10029         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10030         wxControl where it returns true.
10031         """
10032         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10035         """
10036         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10037
10038         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10039         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10040         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10041         possible to set the transparency.
10042
10043         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10044         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10045         as xcompmgr) running.
10046         """
10047         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10048
10049     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10050         """
10051         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10052
10053         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10054         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10055         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10056         opaque.
10057         """
10058         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10059
10060     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10061         """
10062         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10063         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10064         """
10065         self.this = pre.this
10066         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10067         pre.thisown = 0
10068         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10069             self._setOORInfo(self)
10070         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10071             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
10072
10073     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10074         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10075
10076     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10077     AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")
10078     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10079     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10080     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10081     BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`")
10082     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10083     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10084     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10085     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10086     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10087     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10088     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10089     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10090     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10091     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10092     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10093     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10094     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10095     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10096     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10097     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10098     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10099     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10100     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10101     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10102     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10103     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10104     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10105     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10106     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10107     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10108     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10109     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10110     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10111     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10112     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10113     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10114     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10115     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10116     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10117     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10118     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10119     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10120     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10121     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10122     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10123     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10124     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10125     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10126     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10127     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10128     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10129     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10130     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10131     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10132     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10133 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10134
10135 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10136     """
10137     PreWindow() -> Window
10138
10139     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10140     """
10141     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10142     return val
10143
10144 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10145   """
10146     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10147
10148     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10149     """
10150   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10151
10152 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10153   """
10154     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10155
10156     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10157     autogenerated) id
10158     """
10159   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10160
10161 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10162   """
10163     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10164
10165     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10166     autogenerated) id
10167     """
10168   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10169
10170 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10171   """
10172     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10173
10174     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10175     or None.
10176     """
10177   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10178
10179 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10180   """
10181     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10182
10183     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10184     """
10185   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10186
10187 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10188   """
10189     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10190
10191     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10192     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10193     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10194     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10195     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10196
10197     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10198     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10199     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10200     this.
10201     """
10202   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10203
10204 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10205     """
10206     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10207     dialog units to pixel units.
10208     """
10209     if y is None:
10210         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10211     else:
10212         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10213
10214 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10215     """
10216     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10217     dialog units to pixel units.
10218     """
10219     if height is None:
10220         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10221     else:
10222         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10223
10224
10225 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10226   """
10227     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10228
10229     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10230     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10231     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10232     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10233     """
10234   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10235
10236 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10237   """
10238     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10239
10240     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10241     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10242     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10243     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10244     cases.
10245
10246     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10247     """
10248   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10249
10250 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10251   """
10252     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10253
10254     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10255     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10256     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10257     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10258     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10259     """
10260   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10263   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10264   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10267   """
10268     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10269
10270     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10271     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10272     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10273     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10274
10275     """
10276   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10277 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10278
10279 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10280     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10281     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10283     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10284         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10285         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10286         self._setOORInfo(self)
10287
10288     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10289         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10290         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10291
10292     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10293         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10294         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10295
10296     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10297         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10298         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10299
10300     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10301         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10302         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10303
10304     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10305         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10306         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10307
10308     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10309         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10310         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10311
10312     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10313         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10314         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10315
10316     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10317     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10318         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10319         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10320
10321     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10322     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10323 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10324
10325 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10326   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10327   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10328
10329 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10330   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10331   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10332
10333 class PyValidator(Validator):
10334     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10335     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10336     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10337     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10338         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10339         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10340
10341         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
10342         self._setOORInfo(self)
10343
10344     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10345         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10346         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10347
10348 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10349
10350 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10351
10352 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10353     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10354     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10355     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10356     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10357         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10358         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10359         self._setOORInfo(self)
10360
10361     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10362         """
10363         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10364             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10365         """
10366         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10367
10368     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10369         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10370         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10371
10372     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10373         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10374         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10375
10376     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10377         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10378         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10379
10380     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10381         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10382         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10383
10384     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10385         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10386         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10387
10388     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10389         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10390         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10391
10392     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10393         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10394         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10395
10396     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10397         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10398         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10399
10400     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10401         """Break(self)"""
10402         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10403
10404     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10405         """
10406         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10407             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10408         """
10409         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10410
10411     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10412         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10413         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10414
10415     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10416         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10417         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10418
10419     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10420         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10421         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10422
10423     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10424         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10425         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10426
10427     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10428         """
10429         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10430             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10431         """
10432         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10433
10434     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10435         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10436         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10439         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10440         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10444         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10447         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10448         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10452         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10453
10454     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10455         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10456         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10457
10458     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10460         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10463         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10464         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10467         """
10468         Destroy(self)
10469
10470         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10471         """
10472         args[0].this.own(False)
10473         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10474
10475     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10476         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10477         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10478
10479     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10480         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10481         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10482
10483     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10484         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10485         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10486
10487     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10488         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10489         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10490
10491     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10492         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10493         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10494
10495     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10496         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10497         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10498
10499     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10500         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10501         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10502
10503     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10504         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10505         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10506
10507     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10508         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10509         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10510
10511     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10512         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10513         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10516         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10517         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10518
10519     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10520         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10521         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10522
10523     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10524         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10525         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10526
10527     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10528         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10529         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10530
10531     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10532         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10533         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10534
10535     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10536         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10537         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10538
10539     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10540         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10541         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10542
10543     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10544         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10545         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10546
10547     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10548         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10549         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10550
10551     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10552         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10553         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10554
10555     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10556         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10557         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10558
10559     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10560         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10561         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10562
10563     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10564         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10565         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10566
10567     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10568         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10569         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10570
10571     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10572         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10573         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10574
10575     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10576         """Detach(self)"""
10577         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10578
10579     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10580         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10581         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10582
10583     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10584         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10585         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10586
10587     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10588         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10589         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10590
10591     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10592     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10593     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10594     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10595     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10596     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10597     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10598     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10599     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10600 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10601 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10602
10603 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10604
10605 class MenuBar(Window):
10606     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10607     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10608     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10609     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10610         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10611         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10612         self._setOORInfo(self)
10613
10614     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10615         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10616         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10617
10618     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10619         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10620         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10621
10622     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10623         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10624         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10625
10626     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10627         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10628         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10629
10630     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10631         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10632         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10633
10634     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10635         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10636         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10637
10638     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10639         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10640         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10641
10642     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10643         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10644         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10645
10646     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10647         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10648         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10649
10650     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10651         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10652         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10653
10654     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10655         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10656         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10657
10658     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10659         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10660         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10661
10662     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10663         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10664         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10665
10666     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10667         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10668         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10669
10670     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10671         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10672         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10673
10674     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10675         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10676         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10677
10678     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10679         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10680         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10681
10682     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10683         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10684         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10685
10686     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10687         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10688         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10689
10690     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10691         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10692         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10693
10694     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10695         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10696         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10697
10698     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10699         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10700         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10701
10702     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10703         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10704         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10705
10706     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10707         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10708         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10709
10710     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10711         """Detach(self)"""
10712         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10713
10714     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10715         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10716         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10717
10718     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10719         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10720         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10721
10722     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10723     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10724         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10725         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10726
10727     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10728     def GetMenus(self):
10729         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
10730         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
10731                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
10732
10733     def SetMenus(self, items):
10734         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
10735         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
10736             self.Remove(i)
10737         for m, l in items:
10738             self.Append(m, l)
10739
10740     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
10741     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
10742     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
10743     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
10744 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10745
10746 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10747   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10748   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10749
10750 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10751   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10752   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10753
10754 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10755
10756 class MenuItem(Object):
10757     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10758     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10759     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10760     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10761         """
10762         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10763             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10764             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10765         """
10766         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10767     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10768     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10769     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10770         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10771         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10772
10773     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10774         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10775         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10776
10777     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10778         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10779         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10783         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10784
10785     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10786         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10787         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10788
10789     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10790         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10791         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10792
10793     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10794         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10795         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10799         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10803         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10806     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10807         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10808         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10809
10810     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10811         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10812         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10813
10814     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10815         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10816         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10817
10818     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10819         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10820         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10821
10822     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10823         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10824         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10825
10826     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10827         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10828         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10829
10830     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10831         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10832         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10833
10834     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10835         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10836         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10840         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10843         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10844         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10845
10846     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10847         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10848         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10849
10850     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10851         """Toggle(self)"""
10852         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10853
10854     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10855         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10856         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10857
10858     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10859         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10860         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10861
10862     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10863         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10864         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10865
10866     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10867         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10868         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10869
10870     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10871         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10872         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10873
10874     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10875         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10876         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10877
10878     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10879         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10880         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10881
10882     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10883         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10884         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10885
10886     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10887         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10888         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10889
10890     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10891         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10892         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10893
10894     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10895         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10896         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10897
10898     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10899         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10900         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10901
10902     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10903         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10904         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10905
10906     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10907         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10908         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10909
10910     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10911         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10912         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10913
10914     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10915         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10916         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10917
10918     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10919         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10920         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10921
10922     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10923         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10924         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10925
10926     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10927     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10928         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10929         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10930
10931     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10932         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10933         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10934
10935     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10936         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10937         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10938
10939     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
10940     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10941     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
10942     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
10943     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10944     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
10945     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10946     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
10947     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10948     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
10949     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
10950     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
10951     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
10952     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
10953 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10954
10955 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10956   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10957   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10958
10959 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10960   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10961   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10962
10963 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10964
10965 class Control(Window):
10966     """
10967     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10968
10969     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10970     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10971     """
10972     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10973     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10974     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10975         """
10976         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10977             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10978             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10979
10980         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10981         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10982         """
10983         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10984         self._setOORInfo(self)
10985
10986     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10987         """
10988         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10989             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10990             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10991
10992         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10993         """
10994         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10995
10996     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10997         """
10998         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10999
11000         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11001         """
11002         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11003
11004     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11005         """
11006         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11007
11008         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11009         """
11010         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11011
11012     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11013         """
11014         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11015
11016         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11017
11018         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11019
11020         """
11021         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11022
11023     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11024         """
11025         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11026
11027         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11028         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11029         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11030         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11031         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11032
11033         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11034         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11035         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11036         this.
11037         """
11038         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11039
11040     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11041     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11042     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11043 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11044 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11045
11046 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11047     """
11048     PreControl() -> Control
11049
11050     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11051     """
11052     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11053     return val
11054
11055 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11056   """
11057     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11058
11059     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11060     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11061     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11062     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11063     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11064
11065     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11066     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11067     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11068     this.
11069     """
11070   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11071
11072 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11073
11074 class ItemContainer(object):
11075     """
11076     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11077     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11078     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11079     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11080     this one.
11081
11082     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11083     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11084     all conform to the same interface.
11085
11086     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11087     optionally, client data associated with them.
11088
11089     """
11090     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11091     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11092     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11093     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11094         """
11095         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11096
11097         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11098         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11099         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11100         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11101         """
11102         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11103
11104     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11105         """
11106         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11107
11108         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11109         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11110         need to add a lot of items.
11111         """
11112         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11113
11114     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11115         """
11116         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11117
11118         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11119         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11120         """
11121         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11122
11123     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11124         """
11125         Clear(self)
11126
11127         Removes all items from the control.
11128         """
11129         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11130
11131     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11132         """
11133         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
11134
11135         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11136         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11137         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11138         than the number of items in the control.
11139         """
11140         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11141
11142     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11143         """
11144         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
11145
11146         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11147         """
11148         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11149
11150     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11151         """
11152         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
11153
11154         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11155         """
11156         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11157
11158     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11159         """
11160         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
11161
11162         Returns the number of items in the control.
11163         """
11164         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11165
11166     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11167         """
11168         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11169
11170         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11171         """
11172         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11173
11174     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11175         """
11176         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
11177
11178         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11179         """
11180         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11181
11182     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11183         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11184         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11185
11186     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11187         """
11188         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
11189
11190         Sets the label for the given item.
11191         """
11192         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11193
11194     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11195         """
11196         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11197
11198         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11199         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11200         found.
11201         """
11202         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11203
11204     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11205         """
11206         SetSelection(self, int n)
11207
11208         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11209         """
11210         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11211
11212     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11213         """
11214         GetSelection(self) -> int
11215
11216         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11217         is selected.
11218         """
11219         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11220
11221     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11222         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11223         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11224
11225     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11226         """
11227         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11228
11229         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11230         is selected.
11231         """
11232         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11233
11234     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11235         """
11236         Select(self, int n)
11237
11238         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11239         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11240         """
11241         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11242
11243     def GetItems(self):
11244         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11245         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11246
11247     def SetItems(self, items):
11248         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11249         self.Clear()
11250         for i in items:
11251             self.Append(i)
11252
11253     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11254     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11255     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11256     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11257     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11258 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11259
11260 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11261
11262 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11263     """
11264     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11265     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11266     that have items.
11267     """
11268     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11269     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11270     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11271 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11272
11273 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11274
11275 class SizerItem(Object):
11276     """
11277     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11278     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11279     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11280     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11281     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11282     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11283     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11284     layout.
11285
11286     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11287     """
11288     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11289     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11290     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11291         """
11292         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11293
11294         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11295         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11296
11297         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11298         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11299         methods are called.
11300
11301         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11302         """
11303         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11304     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11305     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11306     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11307         """
11308         DeleteWindows(self)
11309
11310         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11311         of item.
11312         """
11313         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11314
11315     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11316         """
11317         DetachSizer(self)
11318
11319         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11320         """
11321         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11322
11323     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11324         """
11325         GetSize(self) -> Size
11326
11327         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11328         """
11329         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11330
11331     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11332         """
11333         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11334
11335         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11336         needed by borders.
11337         """
11338         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11339
11340     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11341         """
11342         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11343
11344         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11345         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11346         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11347         account.
11348         """
11349         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11350
11351     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11352         """
11353         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11354
11355         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11356         """
11357         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11358
11359     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11360         """
11361         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11362
11363         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11364         added, if needed.
11365         """
11366         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11367
11368     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11369         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11370         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11371
11372     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11373         """
11374         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11375
11376         Set the ratio item attribute.
11377         """
11378         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11379
11380     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11381         """
11382         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11383
11384         Set the ratio item attribute.
11385         """
11386         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11387
11388     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11389         """
11390         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11391
11392         Set the ratio item attribute.
11393         """
11394         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11395
11396     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11397         """
11398         GetRatio(self) -> float
11399
11400         Set the ratio item attribute.
11401         """
11402         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11403
11404     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11405         """
11406         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11407
11408         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11409         """
11410         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11411
11412     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11413         """
11414         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11415
11416         Is this sizer item a window?
11417         """
11418         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11419
11420     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11421         """
11422         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11423
11424         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11425         """
11426         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11427
11428     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11429         """
11430         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11431
11432         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11433         """
11434         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11435
11436     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11437         """
11438         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11439
11440         Set the proportion value for this item.
11441         """
11442         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11443
11444     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11445         """
11446         GetProportion(self) -> int
11447
11448         Get the proportion value for this item.
11449         """
11450         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11451
11452     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11453     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11454     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11455         """
11456         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11457
11458         Set the flag value for this item.
11459         """
11460         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11461
11462     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11463         """
11464         GetFlag(self) -> int
11465
11466         Get the flag value for this item.
11467         """
11468         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11469
11470     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11471         """
11472         SetBorder(self, int border)
11473
11474         Set the border value for this item.
11475         """
11476         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11477
11478     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11479         """
11480         GetBorder(self) -> int
11481
11482         Get the border value for this item.
11483         """
11484         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11485
11486     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11487         """
11488         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11489
11490         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11491         """
11492         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11493
11494     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11495         """
11496         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11497
11498         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11499         """
11500         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11501
11502     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11503         """
11504         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11505
11506         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11507         """
11508         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11509
11510     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11511         """
11512         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11513
11514         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11515         """
11516         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11517
11518     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11519         """
11520         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11521
11522         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11523         """
11524         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11525
11526     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11527         """
11528         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11529
11530         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11531         """
11532         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11533
11534     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11535         """
11536         Show(self, bool show)
11537
11538         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11539         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11540         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11541         """
11542         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11543
11544     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11545         """
11546         IsShown(self) -> bool
11547
11548         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11549         """
11550         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11551
11552     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11553         """
11554         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11555
11556         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11557         """
11558         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11559
11560     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11561         """
11562         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11563
11564         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11565         isn't any.
11566         """
11567         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11568
11569     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11570         """
11571         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11572
11573         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11574         """
11575         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11576
11577     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
11578     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
11579     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
11580     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
11581     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
11582     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
11583     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
11584     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
11585     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
11586     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
11587     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
11588     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
11589     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
11590 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11591
11592 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11593     """
11594     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11595         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11596
11597     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11598     """
11599     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11600     return val
11601
11602 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11603     """
11604     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11605         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11606
11607     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11608     """
11609     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11610     return val
11611
11612 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11613     """
11614     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11615         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11616
11617     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11618     """
11619     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11620     return val
11621
11622 class Sizer(Object):
11623     """
11624     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11625     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11626     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11627     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11628     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11629
11630     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11631     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11632     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11633     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11634     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11635     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11636     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11637     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11638     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11639     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11640     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11641     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11642     compared to a real window on screen.
11643
11644     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11645     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11646     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11647     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11648     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11649     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11650     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11651     """
11652     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11653     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11654     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11655     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11656     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11657     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11658         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11659         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11660
11661     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11662         """
11663         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11664             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11665
11666         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11667         """
11668         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11669
11670     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11671         """
11672         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11673             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11674
11675         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11676         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11677         """
11678         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11679
11680     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11681         """
11682         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11683             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11684
11685         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11686         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11687         """
11688         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11689
11690     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11691         """
11692         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11693
11694         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11695         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11696         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11697         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11698         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11699         and removed.
11700         """
11701         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11702
11703     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11704         """
11705         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11706
11707         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11708         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11709         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11710         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11711         was found and detached.
11712         """
11713         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11714
11715     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11716         """
11717         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11718
11719         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11720         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11721         the item to be found.
11722         """
11723         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11724
11725     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11726         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11727         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11728
11729     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
11730         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11731         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
11732
11733     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11734         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11735         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11736
11737     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
11738         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
11739         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
11740
11741     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
11742         """
11743         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
11744         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
11745         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
11746         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
11747         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
11748         element recursivly in subsizers.
11749
11750         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
11751         call `Layout` to do so.
11752
11753         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
11754         """
11755         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
11756             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
11757         elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer):
11758             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
11759         elif isinstnace(olditem, int):
11760             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
11761         else:
11762             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
11763
11764     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11765         """
11766         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
11767
11768         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
11769         """
11770         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11771
11772     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11773         """
11774         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
11775
11776         Get the window this sizer is used in.
11777         """
11778         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11779
11780     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11781         """
11782         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11783
11784         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11785         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11786         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11787         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11788         """
11789         if len(args) == 2:
11790             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11791             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11792         else:
11793             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11794
11795     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11796         """
11797         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11798
11799         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11800         """
11801         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11802
11803     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11804         """
11805         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11806
11807         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11808         """
11809         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11810
11811     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11812         """
11813         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11814
11815         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11816         """
11817         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11818
11819     def AddMany(self, items):
11820         """
11821         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11822         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11823         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11824         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11825         """
11826         for item in items:
11827             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11828                 item = (item, )
11829             self.Add(*item)
11830
11831     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11832         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11833
11834         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
11835         """
11836         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11837             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11838         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
11839             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11840     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11841         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11842
11843         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
11844         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11845             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11846         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
11847             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11848     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
11849         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
11850
11851         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
11852         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11853             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11854         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
11855             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
11856
11857
11858     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11859         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11860
11861         Add a stretchable spacer."""
11862         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
11863     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11864         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11865
11866         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
11867         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
11868     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
11869         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11870
11871         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
11872         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
11873
11874
11875     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11876     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11877         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11878         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11879     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11880         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11881         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11882
11883     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11884         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11885         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11886     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11887         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11888         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11889
11890     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11891         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11892         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11893     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11894         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11895         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11896
11897     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11898         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11899         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11900     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11901         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11902         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11903     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11904         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11905         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11906
11907
11908     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11909         """
11910         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11911
11912         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11913         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11914         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11915         methods.
11916         """
11917         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11918
11919     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11920         """
11921         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11922
11923         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11924         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11925         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11926         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11927         here, depending on which is bigger.
11928         """
11929         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11930
11931     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11932         """
11933         GetSize(self) -> Size
11934
11935         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11936         """
11937         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11938
11939     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11940         """
11941         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11942
11943         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11944         """
11945         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11946
11947     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11948         """
11949         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11950
11951         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11952         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11953         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11954         """
11955         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11956
11957     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11958         return self.GetSize().Get()
11959     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11960         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11961     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11962         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11963
11964     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11965         """
11966         RecalcSizes(self)
11967
11968         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11969         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11970         it is called by `Layout`.
11971         """
11972         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11973
11974     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11975         """
11976         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11977
11978         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11979         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11980         it is called by `Layout`.
11981         """
11982         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11983
11984     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11985         """
11986         Layout(self)
11987
11988         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11989         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11990         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11991         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11992         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11993         removed.
11994         """
11995         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11996
11997     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11998         """
11999         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12000
12001         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12002         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12003         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12004         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12005
12006         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12007         """
12008         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12009
12010     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12011         """
12012         FitInside(self, Window window)
12013
12014         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12015         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12016         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12017         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12018
12019         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12020
12021         """
12022         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12023
12024     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12025         """
12026         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12027
12028         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12029         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12030         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12031         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12032         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12033         required by the sizer.
12034         """
12035         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12036
12037     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12038         """
12039         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12040
12041         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12042         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12043         this will set them appropriately.
12044
12045         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12046
12047         """
12048         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12049
12050     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12051         """
12052         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12053
12054         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12055         as well.
12056         """
12057         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12058
12059     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12060         """
12061         DeleteWindows(self)
12062
12063         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12064         """
12065         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12066
12067     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12068         """
12069         GetChildren(self) -> list
12070
12071         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12072         """
12073         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12074
12075     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12076         """
12077         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12078
12079         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12080         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12081         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12082         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12083         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12084         """
12085         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12086
12087     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12088         """
12089         IsShown(self, item)
12090
12091         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12092         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12093         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12094         the item.
12095         """
12096         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12097
12098     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12099         """
12100         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12101         """
12102         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12103
12104     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12105         """
12106         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12107
12108         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12109         """
12110         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12111
12112     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12113     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12114     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12115     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12116     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12117 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12118
12119 class PySizer(Sizer):
12120     """
12121     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12122     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12123     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12124     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12125     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12126     For example::
12127
12128         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12129              def __init__(self):
12130                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12131
12132              def CalcMin(self):
12133                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12134                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12135                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12136                       # layout algorithm.
12137                       ...
12138                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12139
12140               def RecalcSizes(self):
12141                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12142                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12143                   size = self.GetSize()
12144                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12145                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12146                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12147                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12148                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12149                       ...
12150                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12151
12152
12153     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12154     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12155     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12156
12157     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12158
12159
12160     """
12161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12164         """
12165         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12166
12167         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12168         class.
12169         """
12170         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12171         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
12172
12173     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12174         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12175         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12176
12177 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12178
12179 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12180
12181 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12182     """
12183     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12184     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12185     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12186     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12187     parameter passed to the constructor.
12188     """
12189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12192         """
12193         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12194
12195         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12196         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12197         sizer.
12198         """
12199         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12200         self._setOORInfo(self)
12201
12202     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12203         """
12204         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12205
12206         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12207         """
12208         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12209
12210     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12211         """
12212         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12213
12214         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12215         """
12216         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12217
12218     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12219 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12220
12221 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12222
12223 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12224     """
12225     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12226     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12227     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12228     passed to the sizer constructor.
12229     """
12230     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12231     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12232     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12233         """
12234         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12235
12236         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12237         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12238         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12239         """
12240         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12241         self._setOORInfo(self)
12242
12243     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12244         """
12245         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12246
12247         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12248         """
12249         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12250
12251     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12252 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12253
12254 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12255
12256 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12257     """
12258     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12259     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12260     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12261     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12262     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12263     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12264
12265     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12266     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12267     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12268     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12269     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12270     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12271
12272     """
12273     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12274     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12275     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12276         """
12277         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12278
12279         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12280         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12281         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12282         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12283         define extra space between all children.
12284         """
12285         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12286         self._setOORInfo(self)
12287
12288     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12289         """
12290         SetCols(self, int cols)
12291
12292         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12293         """
12294         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12295
12296     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12297         """
12298         SetRows(self, int rows)
12299
12300         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12301         """
12302         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12303
12304     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12305         """
12306         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12307
12308         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12309         """
12310         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12311
12312     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12313         """
12314         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12315
12316         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12317         """
12318         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12319
12320     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12321         """
12322         GetCols(self) -> int
12323
12324         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12325         """
12326         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12327
12328     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12329         """
12330         GetRows(self) -> int
12331
12332         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12333         """
12334         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12335
12336     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12337         """
12338         GetVGap(self) -> int
12339
12340         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12341         """
12342         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12343
12344     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12345         """
12346         GetHGap(self) -> int
12347
12348         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12349         """
12350         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12351
12352     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12353         """
12354         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12355
12356         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12357         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12358         in the constructor.
12359         """
12360         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12361         rows = self.GetRows()
12362         cols = self.GetCols()
12363         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12364         if cols != 0:
12365             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12366         elif rows != 0:
12367             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12368         return (rows, cols)
12369
12370     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12371     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12372     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12373     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12374 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12375
12376 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12377
12378 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12379 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12380 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12381 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
12382     """
12383     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12384     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12385     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12386     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12387     the `wx.GridSizer`.
12388
12389     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12390     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12391     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12392     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12393     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12394     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12395
12396
12397     """
12398     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12399     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12400     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12401         """
12402         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12403
12404         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12405         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12406         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12407         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12408         define extra space between all children.
12409         """
12410         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12411         self._setOORInfo(self)
12412
12413     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12414         """
12415         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12416
12417         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12418         is extra space available to the sizer.
12419
12420         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12421         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12422         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12423         """
12424         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12425
12426     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12427         """
12428         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12429
12430         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12431         """
12432         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12433
12434     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12435         """
12436         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12437
12438         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12439         there is extra space available to the sizer.
12440
12441         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12442         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12443         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12444         """
12445         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12446
12447     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12448         """
12449         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12450
12451         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12452         """
12453         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12454
12455     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12456         """
12457         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12458
12459         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12460         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
12461         other value is ignored.
12462
12463             ==============    =======================================
12464             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
12465             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
12466             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12467                               (this is the default value).
12468             ==============    =======================================
12469
12470         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12471
12472         """
12473         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12474
12475     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12476         """
12477         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12478
12479         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12480         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12481
12482         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12483         """
12484         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12485
12486     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12487         """
12488         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12489
12490         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12491         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12492         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12493
12494             ==========================  =================================================
12495             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12496             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12497                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12498                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12499                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12500             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12501                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12502                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12503             ==========================  =================================================
12504
12505         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12506         """
12507         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12508
12509     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12510         """
12511         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12512
12513         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12514         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12515
12516         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12517         """
12518         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12519
12520     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12521         """
12522         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12523
12524         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12525         rows in the sizer.
12526         """
12527         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12528
12529     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12530         """
12531         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12532
12533         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12534         columns in the sizer.
12535         """
12536         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12537
12538     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
12539     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
12540     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
12541     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
12542 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12543
12544 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12545     """
12546     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12547     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12548     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12549     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12550     will take care of the rest.
12551
12552     """
12553     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12554     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12555     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12556         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12557         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12558     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12559         """
12560         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12561
12562         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12563         method in the base class.
12564         """
12565         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12566
12567     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12568         """
12569         Realize(self)
12570
12571         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12572         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12573         specifc manner.
12574         """
12575         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12576
12577     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12578         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12579         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12580
12581     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12582         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12583         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12584
12585     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12586         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12587         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12588
12589     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12590         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12591         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12592
12593     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12594         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12595         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12596
12597     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12598         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12599         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12600
12601     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12602         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12603         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12604
12605     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12606         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12607         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12608
12609     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
12610     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
12611     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
12612     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
12613     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
12614 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12615
12616 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12617
12618 class GBPosition(object):
12619     """
12620     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12621     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12622     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12623     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12624     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12625     """
12626     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12627     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12628     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12629         """
12630         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12631
12632         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12633         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12634         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12635         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12636         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12637         """
12638         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12639     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12640     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12641     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12642         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12643         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12644
12645     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12646         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12647         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12648
12649     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12650         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12651         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12652
12653     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12654         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12655         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12656
12657     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12658         """
12659         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12660
12661         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12662         """
12663         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12664
12665     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12666         """
12667         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12668
12669         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12670         """
12671         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12672
12673     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12674         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12675         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12676
12677     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12678         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12679         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12680
12681     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12682     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12683     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12684     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12685     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12686     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12687         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12688         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12689         else: raise IndexError
12690     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12691     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12692     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12693
12694     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12695     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12696
12697 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12698
12699 class GBSpan(object):
12700     """
12701     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12702     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12703     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12704     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12705     nearly transparently in Python code.
12706
12707     """
12708     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12709     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12710     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12711         """
12712         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12713
12714         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12715         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12716         cell in each direction.
12717         """
12718         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12719     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12720     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12721     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12722         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12723         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12724
12725     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12726         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12727         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12728
12729     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12730         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12731         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12732
12733     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12734         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12735         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12736
12737     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12738         """
12739         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12740
12741         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12742         """
12743         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12744
12745     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12746         """
12747         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12748
12749         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12750         """
12751         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12752
12753     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12754         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12755         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12756
12757     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12758         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12759         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12760
12761     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12762     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12763     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12764     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12765     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12766     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12767         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12768         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12769         else: raise IndexError
12770     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12771     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12772     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12773
12774     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12775     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12776
12777 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12778
12779 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12780     """
12781     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12782     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12783     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12784
12785     """
12786     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12787     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12788     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12789         """
12790         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12791
12792         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12793         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12794         item can be used in a Sizer.
12795
12796         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12797         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12798         """
12799         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12800     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12801     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12802     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12803         """
12804         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12805
12806         Get the grid position of the item
12807         """
12808         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12809
12810     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12811     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12812         """
12813         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12814
12815         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12816         """
12817         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12818
12819     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12820     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12821         """
12822         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12823
12824         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12825         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12826         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12827         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12828         """
12829         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12830
12831     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12832         """
12833         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12834
12835         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12836         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12837         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12838         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12839
12840         """
12841         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12842
12843     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12844         """
12845         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12846
12847         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12848         """
12849         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12850
12851     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12852         """
12853         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12854
12855         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12856         """
12857         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12858
12859     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12860         """
12861         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12862
12863         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12864         """
12865         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12866
12867     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12868         """
12869         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12870
12871         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12872         """
12873         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12874
12875     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12876         """
12877         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12878
12879         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12880         """
12881         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12882
12883     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
12884     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
12885     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
12886     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
12887 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12888 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12889
12890 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12891     """
12892     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12893         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12894
12895     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12896     """
12897     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12898     return val
12899
12900 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12901     """
12902     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12903         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12904
12905     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12906     """
12907     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12908     return val
12909
12910 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12911     """
12912     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12913         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12914
12915     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12916     """
12917     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12918     return val
12919
12920 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12921     """
12922     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12923     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12924     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12925     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12926     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12927     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12928
12929     """
12930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12933         """
12934         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12935
12936         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12937         rows and columns.
12938         """
12939         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12940         self._setOORInfo(self)
12941
12942     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12943         """
12944         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12945         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12946
12947         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12948         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12949         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12950
12951         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12952         position, False if something was already there.
12953
12954         """
12955         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12956
12957     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12958         """
12959         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12960
12961         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12962         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12963         something was already there.
12964         """
12965         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12966
12967     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12968         """
12969         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12970
12971         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12972         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12973         """
12974         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12975
12976     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12977         """
12978         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12979
12980         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12981         """
12982         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12983
12984     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12985         """
12986         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12987
12988         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12989         """
12990         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12991
12992     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12993         """
12994         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12995
12996         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12997         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12998         index of an item.
12999         """
13000         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13001
13002     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13003         """
13004         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13005
13006         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13007         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13008         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13009         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13010
13011         """
13012         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13013
13014     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13015         """
13016         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13017
13018         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13019         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13020         zero-based index of an item.
13021         """
13022         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13023
13024     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13025         """
13026         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13027
13028         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13029         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13030         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13031         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13032         """
13033         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13034
13035     def FindItem(*args):
13036         """
13037         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13038
13039         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13040         not found. (non-recursive)
13041         """
13042         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13043
13044     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13045         """
13046         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13047
13048         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13049         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13050         """
13051         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13052
13053     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13054         """
13055         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13056
13057         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13058         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13059         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13060         layout. (non-recursive)
13061         """
13062         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13063
13064     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13065         """
13066         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13067
13068         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13069         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13070         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13071         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13072         position of.
13073
13074         """
13075         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13076
13077     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13078         """
13079         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13080
13081         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13082         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13083         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13084         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13085         position of.
13086         """
13087         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13088
13089 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13090
13091 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13092
13093 Left = _core_.Left
13094 Top = _core_.Top
13095 Right = _core_.Right
13096 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13097 Width = _core_.Width
13098 Height = _core_.Height
13099 Centre = _core_.Centre
13100 Center = _core_.Center
13101 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13102 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13103 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13104 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13105 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13106 Above = _core_.Above
13107 Below = _core_.Below
13108 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13109 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13110 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13111 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13112 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13113     """
13114     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13115     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13116     You will never need to create an instance of
13117     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13118     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13119     that it contains.
13120     """
13121     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13122     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13123     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13124     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13125         """
13126         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13127
13128         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13129         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13130         """
13131         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13132
13133     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13134         """
13135         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13136
13137         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13138         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13139         other window.
13140         """
13141         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13142
13143     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13144         """
13145         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13146
13147         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13148         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13149         other window.
13150         """
13151         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13152
13153     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13154         """
13155         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13156
13157         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13158         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13159         window.
13160         """
13161         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13162
13163     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13164         """
13165         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13166
13167         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13168         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13169         window.
13170         """
13171         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13172
13173     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13174         """
13175         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13176
13177         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13178         given window, with an optional margin.
13179         """
13180         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13181
13182     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13183         """
13184         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13185
13186         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13187         window, with an optional margin.
13188         """
13189         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13190
13191     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13192         """
13193         Absolute(self, int val)
13194
13195         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13196         """
13197         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13198
13199     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13200         """
13201         Unconstrained(self)
13202
13203         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13204         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13205         """
13206         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13207
13208     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13209         """
13210         AsIs(self)
13211
13212         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13213         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13214         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13215         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13216         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13217         button label.
13218         """
13219         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13220
13221     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13222         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13223         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13224
13225     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13226         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13227         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13228
13229     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13230         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13231         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13232
13233     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13234         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13235         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13236
13237     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13238         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13239         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13240
13241     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13242         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13243         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13244
13245     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13246         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13247         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13248
13249     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13250         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13251         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13252
13253     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13254         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13255         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13256
13257     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13258         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13259         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13260
13261     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13262         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13263         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13264
13265     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13266         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13267         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13268
13269     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13270         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13271         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13272
13273     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13274         """
13275         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13276
13277         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13278         """
13279         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13280
13281     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13282         """
13283         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13284
13285         Try to satisfy constraint
13286         """
13287         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13288
13289     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13290         """
13291         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13292
13293         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13294         is not determinable, -1.
13295         """
13296         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13297
13298     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13299     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13300     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13301     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13302     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13303     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13304     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13305     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13306 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13307
13308 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13309     """
13310     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13311     instead.
13312
13313     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13314     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13315
13316     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13317     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13318     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13319
13320         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13321         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13322         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13323         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13324         * width: represents the width of the window
13325         * height: represents the height of the window
13326         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13327         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13328
13329     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13330     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13331     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13332     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13333     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13334     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13335     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13336
13337     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13338
13339     """
13340     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13341     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13342     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13343     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13344     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13345     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13346     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13347     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13348     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13349     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13350     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13351         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13352         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13353     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13354     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13355     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13356         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13357         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13358
13359     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13360         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13361         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13362
13363 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13364
13365 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13366
13367 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13368 try:
13369     True
13370 except NameError:
13371     __builtins__.True = 1==1
13372     __builtins__.False = 1==0
13373     def bool(value): return not not value
13374     __builtins__.bool = bool
13375
13376
13377
13378 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13379 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
13380 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
13381 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
13382
13383
13384 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13385 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
13386 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13387
13388 from __version__ import *
13389 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
13390
13391 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13392 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13393 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
13394     import warnings
13395     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13396
13397 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13398
13399 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13400 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
13401 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13402 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13403 #
13404 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13405 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
13406 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13407 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
13408 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13409 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13410
13411 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13412 if default == 'ascii':
13413     import locale
13414     import codecs
13415     try:
13416         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13417         codecs.lookup(default)
13418     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13419         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13420     del locale
13421     del codecs
13422 if default:
13423     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
13424 del default
13425
13426 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13427
13428 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13429     pass
13430
13431 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13432     """
13433     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13434     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
13435     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13436     """
13437     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13438     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13439
13440     def __repr__(self):
13441         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13442             self._name = "[unknown]"
13443         return self.reprStr % self._name
13444
13445     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13446         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13447             self._name = "[unknown]"
13448         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
13449
13450     def __nonzero__(self):
13451         return 0
13452
13453
13454
13455 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13456     pass
13457
13458 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13459     """
13460     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13461     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13462     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
13463     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13464     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13465     is ready.
13466     """
13467
13468     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13469     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13470
13471     def __repr__(self):
13472         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13473         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13474         return self.reprStr #% self._name
13475
13476     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13477         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13478         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13479         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
13480
13481     def __nonzero__(self):
13482         return 0
13483
13484
13485 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13486
13487 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13488     """
13489     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13490     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13491     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13492     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13493
13494     :see: `wx.CallLater`
13495     """
13496     app = wx.GetApp()
13497     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13498
13499     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13500         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13501         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13502                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13503     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13504     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13505     evt.callable = callable
13506     evt.args = args
13507     evt.kw = kw
13508     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13509
13510 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13511
13512
13513 class CallLater:
13514     """
13515     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13516     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13517     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13518     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13519
13520     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13521     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13522     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13523     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13524     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
13525     object.
13526
13527     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13528     """
13529     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13530         self.millis = millis
13531         self.callable = callable
13532         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13533         self.runCount = 0
13534         self.running = False
13535         self.hasRun = False
13536         self.result = None
13537         self.timer = None
13538         self.Start()
13539
13540     def __del__(self):
13541         self.Stop()
13542
13543
13544     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13545         """
13546         (Re)start the timer
13547         """
13548         self.hasRun = False
13549         if millis is not None:
13550             self.millis = millis
13551         if args or kwargs:
13552             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13553         self.Stop()
13554         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13555         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13556         self.running = True
13557     Restart = Start
13558
13559
13560     def Stop(self):
13561         """
13562         Stop and destroy the timer.
13563         """
13564         if self.timer is not None:
13565             self.timer.Stop()
13566             self.timer = None
13567
13568
13569     def GetInterval(self):
13570         if self.timer is not None:
13571             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13572         else:
13573             return 0
13574
13575
13576     def IsRunning(self):
13577         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13578
13579
13580     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13581         """
13582         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13583         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13584         new call to the same callable object but with different
13585         parameters.
13586         """
13587         self.args = args
13588         self.kwargs = kwargs
13589
13590
13591     def HasRun(self):
13592         return self.hasRun
13593
13594     def GetResult(self):
13595         return self.result
13596
13597     def Notify(self):
13598         """
13599         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13600         """
13601         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13602             self.runCount += 1
13603             self.running = False
13604             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13605         self.hasRun = True
13606         if not self.running:
13607             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13608             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13609
13610     Interval = property(GetInterval)
13611     Result = property(GetResult)
13612
13613
13614 class FutureCall(CallLater):
13615     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
13616
13617 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13618 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13619 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13620 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13621 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13622 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13623 # where they should be used.
13624
13625 class __DocFilter:
13626     """
13627     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13628     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13629     """
13630     def __init__(self, globals):
13631         self._globals = globals
13632
13633     def __call__(self, name):
13634         import types
13635         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13636
13637         # only document classes and function
13638         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13639             return False
13640
13641         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13642         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13643             return False
13644
13645         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13646         if name.find('_') != -1:
13647             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13648             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13649             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13650                 return False
13651
13652         return True
13653
13654 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13655 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13656
13657 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13658 # "core" wx namespace
13659 from _gdi import *
13660 from _windows import *
13661 from _controls import *
13662 from _misc import *
13663
13664 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13665 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13666
13667
13668